Fixup two last lisp/ChangeLog entries
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob64c3d565e9818deb8b318c670cca665079b7c1d9
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20998 4934
69 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
89 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21024 28968
100 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20992 52525 458637
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21032 23080
242 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
378 ;;;***
380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21012 37798 962028 0))
381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
385 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
389 rule's `separate' attribute).
391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
393 `separate' attribute set.
395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
397 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
398 on the format of these lists.
400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
422 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
430 throughout the line.
432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
435 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 align that section.
449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
454 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
457 been used to align that section.
459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
464 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 to be colored.
469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 \(fn)" t nil)
476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479 \(fn)" t nil)
481 ;;;***
483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
487 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
488 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
490 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
492 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
494 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
495 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
497 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
498 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
500 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
501 `allout-auto-activation'.
503 \(fn)" nil nil)
505 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
506 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
508 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
509 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
510 file variable `allout-layout'.
512 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
513 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
514 specified layout is applied.
516 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
517 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
519 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
520 Auto-layout is not.
522 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
524 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
559 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
561 \(fn)" nil t)
563 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
564 Toggle Allout outline mode.
565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
566 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
567 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
569 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
570 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
571 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
572 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
573 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
574 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
575 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 outline.)
578 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
580 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
581 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
582 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
583 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
584 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
585 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
586 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
587 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
589 and many other features.
591 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
592 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
593 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
594 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
595 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
597 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
598 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
599 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
600 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
601 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
602 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
603 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
604 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
605 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
606 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
608 Exposure Control:
609 ----------------
610 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
611 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
612 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
613 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
614 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
616 Navigation:
617 ----------
618 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
620 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
621 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
623 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
625 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
626 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
627 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
630 Topic Header Production:
631 -----------------------
632 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
634 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
636 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
637 ---------------------------------
638 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
639 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
640 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 current topic
642 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
643 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
644 are alternated according to nesting depth.
645 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
646 the offspring are not affected.
647 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
649 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
650 ----------------------------------
651 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
653 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
654 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
655 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
656 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
657 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
658 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
660 Topic-oriented Encryption:
661 -------------------------
662 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
663 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
665 Misc commands:
666 -------------
667 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
668 and establish a default file-var setting
669 for `allout-layout'.
670 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
671 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
673 buffer with name derived from derived from that
674 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
675 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
676 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
677 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 format.
679 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
680 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
681 auto-activation.
683 Topic Encryption
685 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
686 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
687 pending encryption on save.
689 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
690 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
691 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
692 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
693 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
695 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
696 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
697 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
698 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
699 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
700 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
701 signal.
703 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
704 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
705 for details.
707 HOT-SPOT Operation
709 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
710 navigation and exposure control.
712 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
713 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
714 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
715 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
716 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
718 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
719 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
720 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
721 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
722 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
724 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
725 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
726 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
727 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
728 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
729 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
730 at the beginning of the current entry.
732 Extending Allout
734 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
735 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
736 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-hook'
739 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
740 `allout-mode-off-hook'
741 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
742 `allout-structure-added-functions'
743 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
744 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
745 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
746 `allout-post-undo-hook'
748 Terminology
750 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
752 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
753 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
754 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 CURRENT ITEM:
756 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
757 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
758 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 called the:
760 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 ANCESTORS:
763 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
764 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
765 of the ITEM.
766 OFFSPRING:
767 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 SUBTOPIC:
769 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 CHILD:
771 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 SIBLINGS:
773 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
775 Topic text constituents:
777 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 text.
779 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
780 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
782 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
783 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
784 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
785 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
786 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
787 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
788 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
789 the PREFIX.
791 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
792 of the ITEM.
793 PREFIX-LEAD:
794 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
795 It can be customized by changing the setting of
796 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
798 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
799 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
800 program code without interfering with processing of the text
801 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
802 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
803 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
804 docstring for more detail.
805 PREFIX-PADDING:
806 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
807 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
808 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
809 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
810 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
811 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
812 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
813 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
814 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
815 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
816 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
817 more details.
818 EXPOSURE:
819 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
820 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 CONCEALED:
822 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
823 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
825 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
826 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
827 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
831 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
833 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
834 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
836 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
837 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
841 ;;;***
843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (20996
844 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
845 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
846 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
848 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
850 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
851 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
853 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
855 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
857 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
858 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
860 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
861 visiting an outline.
863 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
864 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
866 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
867 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
868 you want allout widgets operation.
870 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
872 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
874 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
876 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
877 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
879 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
882 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
883 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
884 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
886 The graphics include:
888 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
890 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
891 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
893 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
894 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
896 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
897 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
898 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21032 23080 765139
905 ;;;;;; 0))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
908 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
910 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
911 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
912 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
913 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
914 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
915 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
917 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
922 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
924 ;;;***
926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
927 ;;;;;; 0))
928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
930 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
931 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
932 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
933 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
934 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
935 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
936 in the current window.
938 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
940 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
941 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
942 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
943 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
944 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
945 buffer if one does not exist.
947 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
949 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
950 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
951 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
952 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
953 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
955 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
957 ;;;***
959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21086 26537 509049
960 ;;;;;; 0))
961 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
962 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
965 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
967 \(fn)" t nil)
969 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
970 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
972 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
973 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
974 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
975 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
977 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
978 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
980 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
982 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
984 ;;;***
986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21022
987 ;;;;;; 34805 522289 827000))
988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
989 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
991 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
992 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
993 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
994 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
995 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
996 \\[yank].
998 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
999 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1000 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1001 the rules.
1003 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1004 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1005 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1006 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1013 \(fn)" t nil)
1015 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1016 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1017 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1019 \(fn)" nil nil)
1021 ;;;***
1023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20992 52525 458637
1024 ;;;;;; 0))
1025 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1027 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1028 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1029 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1030 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1031 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1032 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1034 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1036 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1037 Toggle checking of appointments.
1038 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1039 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1043 ;;;***
1045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (20991 31656 363459
1046 ;;;;;; 0))
1047 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1049 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1050 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1051 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1052 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1054 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1055 kind of objects to search.
1057 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1059 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1060 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 variables, not just user options.
1069 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1071 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1072 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1073 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1074 like `apropos-user-option'.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1159 ;;;***
1161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21040 17194 398147
1162 ;;;;;; 0))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1180 ;;;***
1182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1251 ;;;***
1253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1254 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1256 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1258 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1259 Toggle Artist mode.
1260 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1261 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1262 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1264 How to quit Artist mode
1266 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1269 How to submit a bug report
1271 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1274 Drawing with the mouse:
1276 mouse-2
1277 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1278 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1279 below).
1281 mouse-1
1282 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1283 or pastes:
1285 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1288 to new point
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1305 lines
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Paste Paste Paste
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1314 --------------------------------------------------------------
1316 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1317 or diagonally.
1319 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1320 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1321 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1322 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1323 poly-lines.
1325 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1326 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1327 overwrite means the opposite.
1329 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1330 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1331 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1333 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1335 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1336 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1338 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1339 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1340 are currently drawing something.
1342 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1343 some time to fill.
1346 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1347 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1350 Settings
1352 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1354 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1356 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1358 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1360 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1361 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1363 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1366 Drawing with keys
1368 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1369 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1370 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1371 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1372 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1373 When pasting: Pastes
1375 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1377 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1379 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1380 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1381 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1382 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1383 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1384 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1387 Arrows
1389 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1390 of the line/poly-line
1392 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1393 of the line/poly-line
1396 Selecting operation
1398 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1400 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1404 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1407 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1413 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1416 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1418 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1419 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1422 Variables
1424 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1425 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1427 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1428 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1429 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1430 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1431 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1432 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1433 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1434 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1435 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1436 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1437 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1439 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1440 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1441 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1442 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1443 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1444 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1445 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1447 Hooks
1449 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1452 Keymap summary
1454 \\{artist-mode-map}
1456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1458 ;;;***
1460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1461 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1481 Special commands:
1482 \\{asm-mode-map}
1484 \(fn)" t nil)
1486 ;;;***
1488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20953
1489 ;;;;;; 16424 151515 0))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 let-binding.")
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1499 ;;;***
1501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
1502 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1504 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1505 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1546 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1552 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1553 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 ;;;***
1561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (20874 62962
1562 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1566 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1570 ;;;***
1572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21056 5418 85093
1573 ;;;;;; 0))
1574 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1578 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 \(fn)" t nil)
1582 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1590 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1591 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21105
1612 ;;;;;; 27518 41539 966000))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1615 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1620 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1621 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1623 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1624 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1625 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1626 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1627 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1629 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1631 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1633 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1634 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1635 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1636 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1637 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1639 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1640 directory or directories specified.
1642 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1643 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1644 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1645 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1646 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1647 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1649 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1651 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1652 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1653 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1654 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1655 should be non-nil).
1657 \(fn)" nil nil)
1659 ;;;***
1661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21041 38058 75002
1662 ;;;;;; 0))
1663 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1665 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1666 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1671 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1672 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1673 disk changes.
1675 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1676 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1677 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1681 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1682 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1684 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1685 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 \(fn)" nil nil)
1689 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1690 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1692 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1693 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1695 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1696 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1697 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1698 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1699 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1701 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1702 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1703 writing before you save the file!
1705 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1709 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1710 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1712 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1713 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 \(fn)" nil nil)
1717 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1718 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1719 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1721 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1722 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1724 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1726 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1727 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1729 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1730 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1732 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1733 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1734 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1736 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1737 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1738 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1739 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1740 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1742 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1743 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1744 specifies in the mode line.
1746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1748 ;;;***
1750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21028 26023 305371 0))
1751 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1753 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1754 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1755 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1757 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1759 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1761 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1762 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1763 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1764 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1766 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1767 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1768 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1770 Effects of the different modes:
1771 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1772 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1773 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1774 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1775 a random distance & direction.
1776 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1777 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1778 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1780 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1782 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1783 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1784 definition of \"random distance\".)
1786 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1788 ;;;***
1790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21024 28968
1791 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
1792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1794 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1796 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1797 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1799 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1800 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1801 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1803 \\{bat-mode-map}
1805 \(fn)" t nil)
1807 ;;;***
1809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21096 9821 480125 690000))
1810 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1811 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1813 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1814 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1815 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1816 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1818 \(fn)" t nil)
1820 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1821 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1822 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1825 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1827 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1829 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1830 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1835 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1836 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1837 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1838 seconds.
1840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1842 ;;;***
1844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1845 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of FORMS.
1850 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1851 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1852 FORMS once.
1853 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1854 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1855 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1857 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1859 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1861 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1862 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1863 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1864 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1865 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1867 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1869 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1871 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1872 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1873 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1874 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1875 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1877 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1879 ;;;***
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21036 20141
1882 ;;;;;; 396718 0))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1885 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1886 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1887 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1888 of corresponding buffers.
1889 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1890 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1891 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1892 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1893 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1895 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1896 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1897 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1899 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1901 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1902 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1904 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1906 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1907 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1908 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1909 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1911 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1912 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1913 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1914 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1915 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1917 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1918 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1921 Special information:
1923 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1925 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1926 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1927 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1928 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1929 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1930 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1931 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1932 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1933 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1934 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1935 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1937 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1938 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1939 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1940 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1941 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1942 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1943 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1944 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1946 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1948 ----------------------------------------------------------
1949 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1950 if that value is non-nil.
1952 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1954 \(fn)" t nil)
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1957 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1958 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1959 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1960 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1961 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1962 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1963 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1964 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1965 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1966 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1967 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1969 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1971 ;;;***
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1974 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1977 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1978 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1980 \(fn)" t nil)
1982 ;;;***
1984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1985 ;;;;;; 0))
1986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1988 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1989 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1993 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1995 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 ;;;***
2009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21040 17194
2010 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
2011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2013 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2014 Play blackbox.
2015 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2017 What is blackbox?
2019 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2020 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2021 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2022 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2023 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2024 your score.
2026 Overview of play:
2028 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2029 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2030 four.
2032 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2033 movement keys.
2035 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2036 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2038 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2039 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2041 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2042 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2043 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2044 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2045 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2046 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2048 Details:
2050 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2052 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2053 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2054 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2055 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2057 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2058 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2059 denoted by the letter `R'.
2061 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2062 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2063 denoted by the letter `H'.
2065 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2066 example.
2068 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2069 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2070 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2071 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2072 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2073 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2074 ray.
2076 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2077 degree deflection it causes.
2080 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2083 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2090 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2091 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2103 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2104 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2105 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2106 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2107 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2108 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2109 emerging from the box.
2111 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2118 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2122 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2123 a reflection.
2125 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2127 ;;;***
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21040 17194 398147
2130 ;;;;;; 0))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2133 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2134 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2136 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2137 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2138 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2139 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2140 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2141 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2142 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2144 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2145 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2146 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2148 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2149 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2150 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2151 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2152 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2153 recent one.
2155 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2156 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2157 yank successive words.
2159 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2160 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2161 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2162 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2163 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2165 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2166 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2167 the list of bookmarks.)
2169 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2172 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2173 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2174 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2175 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2176 this.
2178 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2179 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2180 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2181 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2183 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2184 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2186 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2187 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2188 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2193 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2197 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2198 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2200 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2201 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2202 after a bookmark was set in it.
2204 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2209 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2210 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2212 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2214 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2216 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2217 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2218 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2219 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2221 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2222 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2223 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2225 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2226 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2227 name.
2229 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2233 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2235 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2236 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2237 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2238 this.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2243 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2245 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2246 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2247 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2248 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2249 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2250 probably because we were called from there.
2252 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2255 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2256 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2258 \(fn)" t nil)
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2261 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2262 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2264 \(second argument).
2266 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2267 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2268 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2269 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2270 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2272 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2273 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2274 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2275 `bookmark-default-file'.
2277 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2279 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2280 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2281 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2282 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2283 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2284 while loading.
2286 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2287 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2288 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2289 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2290 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2291 explicitly.
2293 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2294 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2295 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2296 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2298 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2300 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2301 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2302 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2303 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2304 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2306 \(fn)" t nil)
2308 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2310 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2312 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2313 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2315 \(fn)" t nil)
2317 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2319 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2321 ;;;***
2323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21032 23080
2324 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
2325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2327 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2328 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2329 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2330 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2332 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2333 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2334 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2335 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2336 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2338 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2342 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2343 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2344 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2345 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2347 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2351 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2352 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2353 narrowed.
2355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2358 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2360 \(fn)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2365 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2367 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2372 first, if that exists.
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2379 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2387 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2388 to use.
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2419 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2420 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2421 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2423 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2424 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2425 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2426 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2429 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2430 new tab in an existing window instead.
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2440 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2441 Firefox.
2443 When called interactively, if variable
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2445 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2446 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2450 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2451 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2454 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2457 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2458 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2459 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2460 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2461 URL in a new window.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2468 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2469 Chromium.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2476 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2478 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2479 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2480 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2481 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2484 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2485 new tab in an existing window instead.
2487 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2488 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2499 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2500 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2504 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2505 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2515 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2517 program is invoked according to the variable
2518 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2534 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2535 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2536 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2540 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2541 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point.
2552 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2553 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2554 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2563 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2564 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2570 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2571 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2572 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2573 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2579 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2580 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2581 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2583 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2584 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2585 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2589 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2591 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2594 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2595 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2596 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2597 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2598 current one.
2600 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2601 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2602 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2603 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2606 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2613 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2614 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2615 don't offer a form of remote control.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around or before point.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2626 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2627 Default to the URL around the point.
2629 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2630 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2632 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2633 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2637 ;;;***
2639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
2640 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2641 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2643 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2644 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2645 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2646 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2650 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2651 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2652 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2653 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2657 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2658 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2660 \(fn)" t nil)
2662 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2663 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2664 \\<bs-mode-map>
2665 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2666 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2667 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2668 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2670 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2671 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2672 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2673 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2674 name of buffer configuration.
2676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2678 ;;;***
2680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21041 38058 75002
2681 ;;;;;; 0))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2684 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2685 Play Bubbles game.
2686 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2687 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2688 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2689 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2690 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2691 columns on its right towards the left.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2695 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2698 \(fn)" t nil)
2700 ;;;***
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2703 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2706 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2708 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2709 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2716 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2717 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 ;;;***
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21104
2724 ;;;;;; 56491 538513 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2842 ;;;***
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21023
2845 ;;;;;; 8104 618865 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2852 ;;;***
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2855 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2864 ;;;***
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2867 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2879 ;;;***
2881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2883 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2885 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2886 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2891 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2893 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2898 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2903 \(fn)" t nil)
2905 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2906 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2907 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2908 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2910 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2912 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2913 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2914 This is most useful in the X window system.
2915 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2916 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 See calc-keypad for details.
2924 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2927 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2932 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2934 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2937 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2939 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2942 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2943 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2945 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2947 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2948 Define Calc function.
2950 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2951 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2952 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2954 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2955 actual Lisp function name.
2957 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2959 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2961 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2963 ;;;***
2965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2966 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2969 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2972 \(fn N)" t nil)
2974 ;;;***
2976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21031 2230 839140
2977 ;;;;;; 0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2980 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2981 Run the Emacs calculator.
2982 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2984 \(fn)" t nil)
2986 ;;;***
2988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20993 36675
2989 ;;;;;; 840108 928000))
2990 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2992 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2993 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2994 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2995 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2996 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2997 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2999 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3000 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3001 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3002 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3003 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3004 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3005 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3006 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3007 window.
3009 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3010 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3012 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3013 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3014 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3015 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3016 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3017 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3019 Runs the following hooks:
3021 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3022 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3023 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3024 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3026 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3030 ;;;***
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
3033 ;;;;;; 0))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3036 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3037 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3039 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3041 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3042 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3043 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3044 it fails.
3046 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3048 ;;;***
3050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3051 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3054 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3055 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3057 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3058 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3060 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3061 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3062 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3063 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3064 restriction to ASCII.
3066 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3068 capitalizedWorDD
3069 ^ ^ ^^
3071 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3072 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3073 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3075 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3076 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3077 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3078 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3079 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3080 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3081 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3083 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3084 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3088 ;;;***
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3091 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3093 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3095 ;;;***
3097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21102
3098 ;;;;;; 14759 136845 0))
3099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3101 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3102 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3104 \(fn)" nil nil)
3106 ;;;***
3108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3109 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3113 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3116 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3118 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3172 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3173 variables are guessed:
3175 * `c-basic-offset', and
3176 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3177 `c-offsets-alist'.
3179 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3180 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3182 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3183 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3185 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3186 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3187 guess is made from scratch.
3189 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3190 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3192 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3195 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3196 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3199 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3200 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3201 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3203 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3205 ;;;***
3207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21040 17194
3208 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
3209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3211 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3212 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3213 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3214 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3215 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3216 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3217 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3219 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3229 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3230 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3231 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3232 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3233 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3234 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3236 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3238 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3239 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3241 Key bindings:
3242 \\{c-mode-map}
3244 \(fn)" t nil)
3246 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3248 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3249 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3251 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3252 message.
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3259 Key bindings:
3260 \\{c++-mode-map}
3262 \(fn)" t nil)
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3284 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Java code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3287 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{java-mode-map}
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3303 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3306 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{idl-mode-map}
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3323 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3324 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3325 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3326 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3327 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3328 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3329 message.
3331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3334 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{pike-mode-map}
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3340 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3343 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3344 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3346 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3347 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3348 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3349 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3350 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3351 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3353 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3355 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3356 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3358 Key bindings:
3359 \\{awk-mode-map}
3361 \(fn)" t nil)
3363 ;;;***
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3366 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3369 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3371 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3372 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3374 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3376 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3377 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3378 might get set too.
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3381 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3382 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3383 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3384 in this way.
3386 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3387 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3388 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3389 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3390 a null operation.
3392 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3394 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3396 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3397 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3399 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3401 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3402 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3403 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3405 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3407 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3408 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3409 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3410 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3411 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3413 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3415 ;;;***
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3418 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3420 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3421 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3422 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3424 ;;;***
3426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3427 ;;;;;; 442000))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3430 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3431 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3433 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3435 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3436 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3438 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3440 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3443 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3444 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3445 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3446 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3447 execution.
3449 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3451 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3453 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3454 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3456 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3457 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3459 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3461 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3462 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3463 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3464 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3465 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3466 `write' commands.
3468 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3469 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3470 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3473 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3474 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3475 semantics.
3477 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3479 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3481 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3483 STATEMENT :=
3484 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3485 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3487 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3488 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3489 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3490 | integer
3492 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3494 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3495 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3496 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3498 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3499 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3500 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3502 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3503 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3505 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3506 BREAK := (break)
3508 REPEAT :=
3509 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3510 (repeat)
3511 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3512 ;; (repeat))
3513 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3514 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3515 ;; (read REG)
3516 ;; (repeat))
3517 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3518 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3519 ;; (read REG)
3520 ;; (repeat))
3521 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3523 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3524 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3525 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3526 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3527 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3528 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3529 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3530 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3531 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3532 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3533 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3534 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3535 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3536 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3537 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3538 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3540 WRITE :=
3541 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3542 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; representation.
3544 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3545 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3546 ;; (write r7))
3547 | (write EXPRESSION)
3548 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3549 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3550 ;; representation.
3551 | (write integer)
3552 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3553 ;; buffer.
3554 | (write string)
3555 ;; Same as: (write string)
3556 | string
3557 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3558 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3559 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3560 ;; representation.
3561 | (write REG ARRAY)
3562 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3563 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3564 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3565 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3566 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3567 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3569 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3570 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3572 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3573 END := (end)
3575 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3576 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3577 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3579 ARG := REG | integer
3581 OPERATOR :=
3582 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3583 + | - | * | / | %
3585 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 | & | `|' | ^
3588 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | << | >>
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3592 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3593 | <8
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3597 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3598 | >8
3600 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3601 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3602 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3603 | //
3605 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3606 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3608 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3609 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3610 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3611 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3612 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3613 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3614 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3615 | de-sjis
3617 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3618 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3619 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3622 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3623 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3624 ;; byte of SJIS.
3625 | en-sjis
3627 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3628 ;; Same meaning as C code
3629 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3631 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3632 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3633 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3634 | <8=
3636 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3637 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3638 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3640 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3641 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3642 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3643 | //=
3645 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3648 TRANSLATE :=
3649 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3650 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3651 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3652 LOOKUP :=
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3654 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3655 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3656 MAP :=
3657 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3658 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3659 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3660 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3661 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3662 MAP-ID := integer
3664 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3666 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3668 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3669 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3670 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3671 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3672 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3673 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3675 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3677 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3678 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3679 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3681 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3683 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3685 ;;;***
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21069 17449
3688 ;;;;;; 167398 0))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3691 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3692 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3693 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3694 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3696 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3698 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3700 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3701 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3703 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3705 ;;;***
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20983 37555 279226
3708 ;;;;;; 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3710 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3712 ;;;***
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20958 34345
3715 ;;;;;; 952538 0))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3719 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3720 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3721 There are no special keybindings by default.
3723 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3724 to the action header.
3726 \(fn)" t nil)
3728 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3739 on the buffer contents
3741 \(fn)" nil nil)
3743 ;;;***
3745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21049 14338
3746 ;;;;;; 391345 0))
3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3748 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3750 ;;;***
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3753 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3758 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3760 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3764 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3766 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3768 ;;;***
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20996
3771 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3773 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3786 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3792 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3793 the users will view as each check is completed.
3795 \(fn)" t nil)
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3799 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3800 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3801 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3802 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3803 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3804 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3806 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3809 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3810 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3811 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3812 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3813 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3814 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3815 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3817 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3821 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3822 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3823 spacing are all verified.
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3828 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3829 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3830 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3831 otherwise stop after the first error.
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3836 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3837 Only documentation strings are checked.
3838 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3839 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3840 a separate buffer.
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3847 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3848 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3858 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3861 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3862 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3863 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3864 if there is one.
3865 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3871 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3873 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3877 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3878 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3879 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3884 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3885 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3886 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3887 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3888 space at the end of each line.
3890 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3956 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3961 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3962 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3963 checking of documentation strings.
3965 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3969 ;;;***
3971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3972 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4007 ;;;***
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21040 17194 398147
4010 ;;;;;; 0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4040 \\{command-history-map}
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4047 ;;;***
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (20879
4050 ;;;;;; 27694 495748 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4071 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4074 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4075 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4087 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4090 list elements are:
4092 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4094 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4096 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4098 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4099 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4101 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4104 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4106 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4108 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109 value specified by their associated list element.
4111 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4113 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4114 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4115 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119 * indent the first argument by 4.
4120 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4126 ;;;***
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20998 4934
4129 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4131 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4133 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4135 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4136 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4137 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4138 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4139 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4140 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4142 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4143 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4145 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4147 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4149 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4153 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4155 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4157 ;;;***
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21082 29482
4160 ;;;;;; 330637 0))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4178 ;;;***
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4181 ;;;;;; 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4199 ;;;***
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4218 ;;;***
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4282 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4283 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4284 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4285 directory tracking functions.")
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4289 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4291 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4293 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4295 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4296 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4297 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4299 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to current process.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4310 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4311 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4312 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4313 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4315 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4317 ;;;***
4319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20992 52525
4320 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4323 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4324 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4325 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4326 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4328 This command pushes the mark in each window
4329 at the prior location of point in that window.
4330 If both windows display the same buffer,
4331 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4332 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4334 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4336 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4337 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4338 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4339 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4340 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4341 ignored.
4343 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4344 this command work in interlaced mode:
4345 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4346 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4347 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4349 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4351 ;;;***
4353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21096 1265
4354 ;;;;;; 644069 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4357 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4358 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4362 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4363 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4364 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4368 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4369 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4370 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4417 (lambda ()
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (if buffer-file-name
4423 (shell-quote-argument
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4448 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4449 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4450 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4451 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4453 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4454 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4455 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4456 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4458 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4459 kills its subprocesses.
4461 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4462 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4463 to a function that generates a unique name.
4465 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4467 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4468 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4469 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4470 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4472 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4473 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4475 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4476 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4477 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4478 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4480 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4481 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4482 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4484 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4486 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4488 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4489 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4490 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4491 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4492 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4494 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4496 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4498 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4500 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4502 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4505 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4506 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4508 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4509 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4510 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4511 See `compilation-mode'.
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4515 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4518 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4519 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4521 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4522 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4523 `compilation-mode'.
4525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4528 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4529 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4531 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4533 ;;;***
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20999 25770 522517
4536 ;;;;;; 0))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4539 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4540 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4541 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4544 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4546 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4548 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4549 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4551 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4552 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4556 ;;;***
4558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4559 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4712 ;;;***
4714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4715 ;;;;;; 748000))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4723 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4725 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4728 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4729 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4730 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4732 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4734 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4735 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4736 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4737 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4739 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4741 ;;;***
4743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21041
4744 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
4745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4746 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4748 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4751 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4752 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4753 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4754 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4755 following the copyright are updated as well.
4756 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 interactively.
4759 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4761 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4762 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4763 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4764 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4765 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4767 \(fn)" t nil)
4769 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4770 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4772 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4774 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4775 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4776 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4778 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21041
4783 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4785 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4793 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4794 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4795 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4796 Tab indents for Perl code.
4797 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4798 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4800 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4801 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4802 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4803 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4804 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4805 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4806 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4807 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4808 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4809 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4810 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4811 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4813 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4815 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4816 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4818 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4820 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4821 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4822 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4823 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4824 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4825 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4826 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4827 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4828 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4830 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4832 bite if angry;
4834 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4835 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4836 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 to nil.)
4839 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4840 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4841 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4843 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4845 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4846 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4847 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4848 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4849 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4851 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4853 if (A) { B }
4855 into
4857 B if A;
4859 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4861 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4862 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4863 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4864 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4865 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4866 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4867 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4868 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4869 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4870 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4871 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4872 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4873 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4875 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4876 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4877 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4878 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4879 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4880 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4882 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4883 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 man via menu.
4886 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4887 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4888 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4889 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4890 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4892 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4893 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4894 span the needed amount of lines.
4896 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4897 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4898 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4899 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4901 Variables controlling indentation style:
4902 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4903 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4905 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4906 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4907 `cperl-auto-newline'
4908 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4909 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4910 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4911 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4912 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4913 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4914 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4915 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4916 `cperl-indent-level'
4917 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4918 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4919 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4920 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4921 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4922 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4924 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4925 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4926 `cperl-brace-offset'
4927 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4928 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4929 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4930 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4931 `cperl-label-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4933 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4934 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4936 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4937 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4938 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4939 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4940 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4941 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4943 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4944 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4945 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4946 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4948 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4949 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4950 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4951 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4952 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4953 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4954 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4956 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4957 column 0 is indented on
4958 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4960 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 with no args.
4963 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4964 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4965 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4967 \(fn)" t nil)
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4972 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4979 ;;;***
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4982 ;;;;;; 217000))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4985 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4986 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4987 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4988 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4989 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4993 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4994 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4998 ;;;***
5000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
5001 ;;;;;; 0))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5004 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5005 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5006 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5007 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5010 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5012 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5014 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5015 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5022 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5024 ;;;***
5026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21034 64808 616539
5027 ;;;;;; 0))
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5030 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5031 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5032 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5033 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5035 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5036 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5037 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5038 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5040 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5041 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5042 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5044 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5045 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5046 'bob', and 'eve'.
5048 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5049 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5050 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5052 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5053 with empty strings removed.
5055 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5056 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5057 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5059 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21075 56234
5064 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5067 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5068 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5072 ;;;***
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (20992 52525
5075 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5078 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5079 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5080 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5083 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5085 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5087 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5088 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5090 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5091 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5093 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5094 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5095 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5096 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5097 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5098 normal function of these prefix keys.
5100 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5101 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5102 options:
5103 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5104 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5105 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5107 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5108 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5109 the prefix fallback behavior.
5111 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5112 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5113 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5114 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5118 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5119 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5123 ;;;***
5125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21024 28968 738399
5126 ;;;;;; 0))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5129 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5130 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5132 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5134 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5135 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5137 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5139 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5140 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5142 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5144 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5145 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5147 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5148 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5150 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5151 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5153 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5155 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5159 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5162 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5164 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5165 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5168 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5170 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5172 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5174 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5175 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5176 Return VALUE.
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5179 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5181 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5182 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5185 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5187 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5189 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5191 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5192 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5193 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5194 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5196 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5197 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5198 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5200 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5202 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5203 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5204 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5205 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5206 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5208 \(fn)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5212 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5213 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5215 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5217 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5219 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5221 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5223 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5226 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5228 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5230 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5233 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5235 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5237 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5239 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5241 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5243 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5244 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5245 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5246 as part of Emacs itself.
5248 Each elements looks like this:
5250 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5252 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5253 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5254 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5255 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5256 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5257 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5258 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5259 and `defface'.
5261 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5263 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5264 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5265 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5266 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5267 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5269 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5270 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5271 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5272 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5274 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5276 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5278 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5279 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5280 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5281 release.
5283 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5284 that were added or redefined since that version.
5286 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5288 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5290 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5291 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5293 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5295 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5296 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5298 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5300 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5301 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5302 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5304 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5305 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5307 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5309 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5310 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5312 \(fn)" t nil)
5314 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5317 \(fn)" t nil)
5319 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all saved options and faces.
5322 \(fn)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5326 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5327 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5328 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5329 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5331 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5332 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5333 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5335 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5340 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5342 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5345 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5347 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5350 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5352 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5353 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5354 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5355 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5356 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5357 that option.
5359 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5361 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5362 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5363 The result includes selecting that window.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5367 that option.
5369 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5371 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5374 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5376 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5377 File used for storing customization information.
5378 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5379 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5380 it should be an absolute file name.
5382 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5383 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5384 something like the following in your init file:
5386 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5387 \(load custom-file)
5389 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5390 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5392 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5393 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5394 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5395 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5396 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5398 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5399 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5400 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5401 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5402 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5403 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5404 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5405 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5406 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5407 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5409 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5411 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5412 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5414 \(fn)" nil nil)
5416 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5417 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5419 \(fn)" t nil)
5421 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5422 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5423 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5425 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5427 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5428 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5429 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5430 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5431 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5433 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5435 ;;;***
5437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841 12463 538770
5438 ;;;;;; 0))
5439 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5441 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5442 Create or edit a custom theme.
5443 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5444 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5445 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5446 from the Custom save file.
5447 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5448 named *Custom Theme*.
5450 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5452 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5455 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5457 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5458 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5460 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5462 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5463 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5464 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5465 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5469 ;;;***
5471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5472 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5475 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5476 Mode used for cvs status output.
5478 \(fn)" t nil)
5480 ;;;***
5482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5483 ;;;;;; 0))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5485 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5487 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5488 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5490 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5492 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5493 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5494 C++ modes are included.
5496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5497 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5498 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5502 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5504 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5505 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5506 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5509 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5511 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5513 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5514 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5515 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5516 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5517 ARG is omitted or nil.
5519 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5520 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5521 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5525 ;;;***
5527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5528 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5531 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5532 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5534 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5536 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5537 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5539 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5541 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5542 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5543 For readability, the table is slightly
5544 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5546 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5547 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5548 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5549 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5550 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5552 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5554 ;;;***
5556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20992 52525 458637
5557 ;;;;;; 0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5559 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5560 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5561 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5562 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5564 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5565 Completion on current word.
5566 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5567 and presents suggestions for completion.
5569 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5570 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5571 completions.
5573 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5574 then it searches *all* buffers.
5576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5578 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5579 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5581 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5582 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5583 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5584 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5585 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5587 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5588 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5590 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5591 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5592 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5594 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5595 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5597 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5599 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5601 ;;;***
5603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21040 17194
5604 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
5605 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5607 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5608 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5610 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5612 ;;;***
5614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21032 23080 765139 0))
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5617 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5618 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5619 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5620 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5621 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5623 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5625 ;;;***
5627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5628 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5631 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5632 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5634 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5635 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5636 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5638 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5639 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5640 Data lines are not indented.
5642 Key bindings:
5644 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5645 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5647 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5648 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5649 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5650 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5652 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5654 dcl-basic-offset
5655 Extra indentation within blocks.
5657 dcl-continuation-offset
5658 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5660 dcl-margin-offset
5661 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5663 dcl-margin-label-offset
5664 Indentation for a label.
5666 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5667 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5669 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5670 dcl-block-end-regexp
5671 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5672 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5673 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5674 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5675 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5677 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5678 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5679 Two such functions are included in the package:
5680 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5681 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5683 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5684 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5685 One such function is included in the package:
5686 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5688 dcl-tab-always-indent
5689 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5690 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5691 margin.
5693 dcl-electric-characters
5694 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5695 typed.
5697 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5698 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5699 which words trigger electric indentation.
5701 dcl-tempo-comma
5702 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5703 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5704 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5706 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5707 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5708 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5709 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5711 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5712 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5713 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5714 dcl-imenu-label-call
5715 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5717 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5718 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5719 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5720 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5723 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5725 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5726 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5727 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5728 $ i = 1
5729 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5730 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5731 $ label:
5732 $ if i.eq.1
5733 $ then
5734 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5735 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5736 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5737 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5738 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5739 \"lined up with the command line\"
5740 $ type sys$input
5741 Data lines are not indented at all.
5742 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5743 $ endif
5747 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5748 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5750 \(fn)" t nil)
5752 ;;;***
5754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21040 17194
5755 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
5756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5758 (setq debugger 'debug)
5760 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5761 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5762 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5763 of the evaluator.
5765 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5766 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5767 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5769 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5771 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5772 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5774 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5776 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5777 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5778 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5779 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5780 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5781 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5783 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5784 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5786 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5788 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5789 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5790 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5791 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5792 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5794 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5796 ;;;***
5798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5799 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5802 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5803 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5805 \(fn)" t nil)
5807 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5808 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5809 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5810 Upper-case letters are commands.
5812 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5813 modify it.
5815 The most useful commands are:
5816 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5817 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5818 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5819 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5820 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5821 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5823 \(fn)" t nil)
5825 ;;;***
5827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5828 ;;;;;; 0))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5830 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5832 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5833 Customization of `columns' group.
5835 \(fn)" t nil)
5837 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5838 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5840 START and END delimits the text region.
5842 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5844 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5845 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5847 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5851 ;;;***
5853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
5854 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5856 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5858 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5859 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5860 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5862 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5863 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5865 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5867 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5868 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5870 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5871 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5873 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5874 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5875 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5876 any selection.
5878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5880 ;;;***
5882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5883 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5886 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5887 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5889 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5891 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5892 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5893 or nil if there is no parent.
5894 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5895 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5896 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5897 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5898 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5900 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5901 arguments are currently understood:
5902 :group GROUP
5903 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5904 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5905 :syntax-table TABLE
5906 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5907 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5908 :abbrev-table TABLE
5909 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5910 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5912 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5914 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5916 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5917 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5918 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5920 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5921 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5923 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5924 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5925 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5927 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5928 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5930 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5931 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5933 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5935 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5937 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5939 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5940 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5941 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5942 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5943 the first time the mode is used.
5945 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5947 ;;;***
5949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21024 28968 738399
5950 ;;;;;; 0))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5953 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5954 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5955 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5956 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5957 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5958 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5959 otherwise.
5961 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5963 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5964 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5965 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5966 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5968 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5969 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5970 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5972 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5973 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5974 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5975 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5976 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5977 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5978 relevant to POS.
5980 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5982 ;;;***
5984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21082 29482 330637
5985 ;;;;;; 0))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5988 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5989 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5990 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5992 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5994 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5995 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5996 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
5997 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
5998 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6000 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6001 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6002 `desktop-read' for details.
6004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6006 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6007 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6008 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6009 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6011 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6013 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6014 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6016 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6017 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6018 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6020 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6021 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6023 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6024 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6025 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6027 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6028 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6029 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6030 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6032 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6034 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6035 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6037 Handlers are called with argument list
6039 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6041 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6043 desktop-file-version
6044 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6045 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6046 desktop-buffer-point
6047 desktop-buffer-mark
6048 desktop-buffer-read-only
6049 desktop-buffer-locals
6051 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6052 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6054 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6055 code like
6057 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6059 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6060 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6062 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6064 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6066 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6067 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6068 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6069 List elements must have the form
6071 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6073 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6074 function.
6076 Handlers are called with argument list
6078 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6080 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6082 desktop-file-version
6083 desktop-buffer-file-name
6084 desktop-buffer-name
6085 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6086 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6087 desktop-buffer-point
6088 desktop-buffer-mark
6089 desktop-buffer-read-only
6090 desktop-buffer-misc
6092 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6093 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6094 created and set.
6096 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6097 code like
6099 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6101 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6102 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6104 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6106 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6108 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6110 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6111 Empty the Desktop.
6112 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6113 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6114 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6115 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6116 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6117 if different).
6119 \(fn)" t nil)
6121 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6122 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6123 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6124 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6125 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6126 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6128 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6130 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6131 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6132 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6134 \(fn)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6137 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6138 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6139 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6140 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6141 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6142 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6143 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6145 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6147 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6148 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6149 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6151 \(fn)" nil nil)
6153 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6155 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6156 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6157 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6158 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6159 directory DIRNAME.
6161 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6163 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6164 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6166 \(fn)" t nil)
6168 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6169 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6171 \(fn)" t nil)
6173 ;;;***
6175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6176 ;;;;;; 0))
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6179 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6180 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6181 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6182 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6183 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6184 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6186 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6188 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6189 Repair a broken attribution line.
6190 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6192 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6195 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6196 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6197 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6199 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6201 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6202 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6204 \(fn)" t nil)
6206 ;;;***
6208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20992
6209 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6210 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6212 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6213 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6214 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6215 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6216 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6220 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6221 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6222 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6223 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6225 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6226 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6227 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6228 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6230 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6231 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6233 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6234 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6235 calendar-date-style 'european
6236 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6238 \(diary-mail-entries)
6240 # diary-rem.el ends here
6242 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6245 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6247 \(fn)" t nil)
6249 ;;;***
6251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6254 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6255 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6257 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6259 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6260 The command to use to run diff.")
6262 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6264 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6265 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6266 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6267 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6268 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6269 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6271 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6272 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6273 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6275 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6277 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6278 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6279 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6280 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6281 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6282 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6284 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6286 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6287 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6289 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6291 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6292 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6293 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6295 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6297 ;;;***
6299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (20814 53928
6300 ;;;;;; 50501 0))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6303 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6304 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6305 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6306 normal diffs.
6308 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6309 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6310 headers for you on-the-fly.
6312 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6313 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6314 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6316 \\{diff-mode-map}
6318 \(fn)" t nil)
6320 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6321 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6323 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6324 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6326 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6330 ;;;***
6332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6335 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6336 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6337 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6339 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6341 ;;;***
6343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21105 26139 752484 0))
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6346 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6347 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6348 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6349 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6350 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6351 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6352 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6353 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6355 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6357 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6358 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6359 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6360 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6361 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6362 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6364 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6365 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6366 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6367 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6368 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6369 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6370 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6371 list of files to make directory entries for.
6372 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6373 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6374 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6376 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6378 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6379 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6381 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6382 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6384 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6385 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6387 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6388 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6390 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6392 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6393 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6395 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6397 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6398 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6399 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6400 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6401 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6402 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6403 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6404 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6405 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6406 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6407 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6408 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6409 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6410 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6411 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6412 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6413 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6414 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6415 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6416 to see why something went wrong.
6417 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6418 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6419 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6420 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6421 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6422 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6423 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6424 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6425 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6426 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6427 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6428 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6429 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6431 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6432 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6433 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6434 again for the directory tree.
6436 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6437 for more info):
6439 `dired-listing-switches'
6440 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6441 `dired-marker-char'
6442 `dired-del-marker'
6443 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6444 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6445 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6446 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6448 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6450 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6451 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6452 `dired-mode-hook'
6453 `dired-load-hook'
6455 Keybindings:
6456 \\{dired-mode-map}
6458 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6459 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6461 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6462 Hide details in Dired mode.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 ;;;***
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6469 ;;;;;; 0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6472 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6473 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6478 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6479 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6480 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6482 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6483 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6484 directory.
6486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6488 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6489 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6490 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6491 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6492 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6493 from `default-directory'.
6495 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6497 ;;;***
6499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6500 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6503 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6504 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6505 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6506 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6507 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6508 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6510 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6512 ;;;***
6514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20992 52525 458637
6515 ;;;;;; 0))
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6518 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6519 Return a new, empty display table.
6521 \(fn)" nil nil)
6523 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6524 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6525 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6526 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6527 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6529 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6531 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6532 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6533 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6534 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6535 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6537 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6539 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6540 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6542 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6544 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6545 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6547 \(fn)" t nil)
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6550 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6552 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6553 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6555 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6557 byte.
6559 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6560 in the default way after this call.
6562 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6565 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6567 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6569 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6570 Display character C using printable string S.
6572 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6574 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6575 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6576 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6577 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6579 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6582 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6583 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6584 X frame.
6586 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6588 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6589 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6591 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6593 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6594 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6596 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6599 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6601 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6604 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6606 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6609 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6611 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6614 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6616 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6617 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6619 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6620 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6622 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6623 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6624 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6625 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6627 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6628 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6629 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6630 in `.emacs'.
6632 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6634 ;;;***
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6637 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6640 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6641 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6642 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6643 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6644 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6645 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6646 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6647 Default is 2.
6649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6651 ;;;***
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6656 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6657 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6658 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6659 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6660 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6661 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6662 private or ask).
6663 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6664 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6665 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6666 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6667 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6669 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6671 ;;;***
6673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6674 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6678 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6679 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6680 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6681 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6682 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6683 table and its own syntax table.
6685 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6687 \(fn)" t nil)
6688 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6690 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6691 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6695 ;;;***
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21061 23341 46416
6698 ;;;;;; 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6702 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6703 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6704 OpenDocument format).
6706 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6711 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6712 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6714 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6715 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6716 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6718 \(fn)" t nil)
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6721 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6722 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6723 to the next best mode.
6725 \(fn)" nil nil)
6727 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6728 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6733 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6740 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6742 ;;;***
6744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6745 ;;;;;; 0))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6748 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6749 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6751 \(fn)" t nil)
6753 ;;;***
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6758 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6759 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6764 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6765 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6769 ;;;***
6771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6772 ;;;;;; 0))
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6774 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6776 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6777 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6779 \(fn)" t nil)
6781 ;;;***
6783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20992
6784 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6787 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6789 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6791 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6792 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6793 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6795 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6796 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6797 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6798 and disables it otherwise.
6800 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6801 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6802 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6803 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6805 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6806 documenting what its argument does.
6808 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6809 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6810 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6811 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6812 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6813 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6814 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6815 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6817 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6818 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6819 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6820 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6821 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6822 mode is global):
6824 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6825 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6826 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6827 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6828 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6829 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6830 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6831 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6832 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6833 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6834 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6835 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6836 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6837 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6838 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6839 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6840 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6841 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6842 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6843 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6844 in :variable).
6846 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6847 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6849 For example, you could write
6850 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6851 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6852 ...BODY CODE...)
6854 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6856 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6858 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6860 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6862 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6863 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6864 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6865 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6866 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6867 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6868 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6869 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6870 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6871 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6872 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6873 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6875 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6876 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6877 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6878 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6879 call another major mode in their body.
6881 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6882 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6883 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6885 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6887 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6889 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6890 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6891 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6892 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6893 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6894 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6895 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6897 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6899 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6900 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6901 :inherit Parent keymap.
6902 :group Ignored.
6903 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6904 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6906 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6908 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6909 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6910 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6911 the constant's documentation.
6913 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6915 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6916 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6917 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6919 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6921 ;;;***
6923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21074
6924 ;;;;;; 35375 473679 0))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6927 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6928 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6929 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6930 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6932 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6933 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6934 as a top-level menu bar item.
6936 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6937 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6938 pairs:
6940 :filter FUNCTION
6941 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6942 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6943 items to actually display.
6945 :visible INCLUDE
6946 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6947 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6948 alias for `:visible'.
6950 :active ENABLE
6951 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6952 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6953 an alias for `:active'.
6955 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6956 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6958 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6960 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6962 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6963 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6965 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6966 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6968 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6970 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6972 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6973 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6975 :keys KEYS
6976 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6977 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6978 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6979 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6981 :key-sequence KEYS
6982 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6983 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6984 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6985 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6987 :active ENABLE
6988 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6989 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6990 alias for `:active'.
6992 :visible INCLUDE
6993 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6994 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6995 `:visible'.
6997 :label FORM
6998 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6999 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7001 :suffix FORM
7002 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7003 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7005 :style STYLE
7006 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7007 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7008 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7010 :selected SELECTED
7011 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7012 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7014 :help HELP
7015 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7017 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7018 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7019 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7021 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7022 MENU. This is a submenu.
7024 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7026 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7028 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7031 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7034 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7035 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7036 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7038 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7040 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7041 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7042 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7043 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7044 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7045 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7047 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7048 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7049 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7051 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7052 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7053 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7055 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7056 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7058 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7060 ;;;***
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21093 51745
7063 ;;;;;; 752738 587000))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7065 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Customization for ebnf group.
7070 \(fn)" t nil)
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7078 processed.
7080 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7090 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7097 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7098 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7099 it to the printer.
7101 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7102 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7103 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7104 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7106 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7108 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7109 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7110 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7112 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7120 processed.
7122 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7130 killed after process termination.
7132 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7138 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7139 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7141 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7143 \(fn)" t nil)
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7147 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7149 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7159 processed.
7161 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after EPS generation.
7171 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7178 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7179 The EPS file name has the following form:
7181 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7183 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7184 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7186 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7187 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7188 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7189 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7190 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7192 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7193 files.
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7200 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7201 The EPS file name has the following form:
7203 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7205 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7206 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7208 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7209 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7210 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7211 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7212 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7214 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7215 files.
7217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7219 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7226 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7227 are processed.
7229 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after syntax checking.
7239 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7246 \(fn)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7256 \(fn)" nil nil)
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7263 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Delete style NAME.
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7277 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7284 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Set STYLE as the current style.
7289 Returns the old style symbol.
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7293 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Reset current style.
7298 Returns the old style symbol.
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7302 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7307 Returns the old style symbol.
7309 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7313 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7318 Returns the old style symbol.
7320 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7326 ;;;***
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20992 52525
7329 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7333 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7334 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7335 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7336 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7337 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7339 Tree mode key bindings:
7340 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7345 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7350 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7355 View declaration of member at point.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point.
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other window.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7405 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7406 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7407 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7408 completion.
7410 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7413 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7414 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7415 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7417 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7420 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7421 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7422 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7424 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7427 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7428 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7433 Search for call sites of a member.
7434 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7435 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7436 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7437 looks like a function call to the member.
7439 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7442 Move backward in the position stack.
7443 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7448 Move forward in the position stack.
7449 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7454 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7459 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7464 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7465 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7466 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7468 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7471 Display statistics for a class tree.
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7475 ;;;***
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20992 52525 458637
7478 ;;;;;; 0))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7481 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7482 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7483 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7484 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7485 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7486 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7487 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7489 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7491 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7492 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7493 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7494 also has this effect.
7495 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7496 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7497 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7503 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7508 ;;;***
7510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21040 46773 613700
7511 ;;;;;; 854000))
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7514 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7515 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7516 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7518 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7520 ;;;***
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7523 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7526 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7529 \(fn)" nil nil)
7531 ;;;***
7533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7535 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7537 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7538 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7539 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7542 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7544 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7546 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7547 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7552 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7553 an EDE controlled project.
7555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7557 ;;;***
7559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7560 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7562 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7564 ;;;***
7566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7567 ;;;;;; (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7569 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7571 ;;;***
7573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20996 49577
7574 ;;;;;; 892030 0))
7575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7577 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7578 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7579 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7580 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7581 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7583 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7584 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7585 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7586 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7588 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7590 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7591 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7592 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7593 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7595 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7597 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7598 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7599 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7600 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7602 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7604 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7606 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7607 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7608 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7609 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7610 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7612 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7613 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7614 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7615 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7616 instrumented for Edebug.
7618 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7619 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7620 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7621 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7622 already is one.)
7624 \(fn)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7627 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7629 \(fn)" t nil)
7631 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7632 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7634 \(fn)" t nil)
7636 ;;;***
7638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
7639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7640 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7642 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7643 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7645 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7647 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7648 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7650 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7652 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7654 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7656 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7657 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7658 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7659 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7661 \(fn)" t nil)
7663 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7665 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7666 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7670 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7673 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7675 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7677 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7680 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7682 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7686 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7687 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7689 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7691 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7693 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7695 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7696 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7698 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7700 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7702 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7704 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7705 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7707 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7709 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7711 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7713 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7714 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7716 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7718 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7721 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7722 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7723 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7724 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7725 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7727 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7729 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7731 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7732 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7734 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7736 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7738 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7740 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7741 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7743 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7745 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7747 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7750 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7751 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7752 follows:
7753 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7754 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7756 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7759 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7760 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7761 follows:
7762 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7763 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7765 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7769 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7770 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7771 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7773 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7777 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7778 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7779 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7780 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7784 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7787 Merge two files without ancestor.
7789 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7792 Merge two files with ancestor.
7794 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7796 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7799 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7804 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7806 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7810 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7811 buffer.
7813 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7815 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7816 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7817 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7818 buffer.
7820 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7823 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7824 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7825 and don't ask the user.
7826 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7827 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7829 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7832 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7833 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7834 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7835 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7836 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7837 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7838 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7840 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7842 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7844 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7846 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7848 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7849 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7850 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7852 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7854 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7857 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7858 When called interactively, displays the version.
7860 \(fn)" t nil)
7862 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7863 Display Ediff's manual.
7864 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7866 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7871 \(fn)" nil nil)
7873 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7876 \(fn)" nil nil)
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7881 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7886 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7891 \(fn)" nil nil)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7896 \(fn)" nil nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7901 \(fn)" nil nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7906 \(fn)" nil nil)
7908 ;;;***
7910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20992 52525
7911 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7912 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7914 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7917 \(fn)" t nil)
7919 ;;;***
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21032 23080
7922 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7925 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7926 Display Ediff's registry.
7928 \(fn)" t nil)
7930 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7932 ;;;***
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21032 23080
7935 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7938 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7939 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7940 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7941 which see.
7943 \(fn)" t nil)
7945 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7946 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7947 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7948 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7950 \(fn)" t nil)
7952 ;;;***
7954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20964 20753 310858
7955 ;;;;;; 446000))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7957 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7959 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Edit a keyboard macro.
7961 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7962 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7963 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7964 its command name.
7965 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7967 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7969 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7970 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7972 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7974 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7975 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7977 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7979 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7980 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7981 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7982 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7983 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7984 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7986 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7987 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7988 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7989 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7991 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7994 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7995 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7996 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7997 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7998 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8000 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8002 ;;;***
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
8005 ;;;;;; 0))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8008 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8009 Set scroll margins.
8010 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8011 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8013 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8015 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8016 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8018 \(fn)" t nil)
8020 ;;;***
8022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8025 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8026 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8027 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8028 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8029 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8030 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8031 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8033 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8034 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8036 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8037 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8038 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8039 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8041 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8042 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8043 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8045 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8046 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8047 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8049 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8051 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8054 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8056 ;;;***
8058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21051 23094
8059 ;;;;;; 730130 282000))
8060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8061 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8063 ;;;***
8065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
8066 ;;;;;; 27948 216644 0))
8067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8068 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8070 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8071 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8072 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8073 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8074 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8075 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8076 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8078 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8080 ;;;***
8082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8083 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
8084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8086 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8087 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8088 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8090 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8092 ;;;***
8094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8095 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8098 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8099 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8100 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8101 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8103 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8104 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8106 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8107 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8108 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8109 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8111 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8113 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8114 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8115 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8117 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8118 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8120 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8121 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8122 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8124 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8126 ;;;***
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21041 38058
8129 ;;;;;; 75002 0))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8132 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8133 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8135 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8137 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8138 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8140 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8141 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8143 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8144 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8145 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8146 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8147 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8148 expression point is on.
8150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8152 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8153 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8156 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8157 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8161 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8162 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8164 \(fn)" t nil)
8166 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8167 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8168 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8169 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8170 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8171 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8172 arg list.
8174 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8175 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8176 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8177 effect.
8179 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8180 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8182 ;;;***
8184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "electric" "electric.el" (21075 56234 349623
8185 ;;;;;; 0))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8188 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8189 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8191 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8192 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8193 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8195 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8196 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8198 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8200 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8201 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8202 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8203 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8204 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8206 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8207 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8208 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8212 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8213 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8214 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8217 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8219 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8221 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8222 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8227 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8228 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8229 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8231 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8235 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8236 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8237 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8240 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8242 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8244 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8245 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8249 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8253 ;;;***
8255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8256 ;;;;;; 0))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8259 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8260 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8262 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8263 an elided material again.
8265 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8269 ;;;***
8271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8272 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8275 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8276 Lint the file FILE.
8278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8280 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8281 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8282 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8284 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8287 Lint the current buffer.
8288 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8290 \(fn)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8293 Lint the function at point.
8294 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8296 \(fn)" t nil)
8298 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8299 Initialize elint.
8300 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8301 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8303 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8305 ;;;***
8307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709 26818 907104
8308 ;;;;;; 0))
8309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8311 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8312 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8313 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8315 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8318 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8319 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8320 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8322 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8325 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8326 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8328 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8330 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8333 Display current profiling results.
8334 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8335 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8336 displayed.
8338 \(fn)" t nil)
8340 ;;;***
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (20933 31141 450159
8343 ;;;;;; 0))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8346 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8347 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8348 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8349 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8350 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8351 ARG is omitted or nil.
8353 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8354 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8355 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8356 used instead.
8358 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8360 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8361 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8362 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8364 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8368 ;;;***
8370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21048 11307
8371 ;;;;;; 937592 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8374 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8375 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8376 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8378 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8380 ;;;***
8382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21032 23080 765139
8383 ;;;;;; 0))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8386 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8387 Run Emerge on two files.
8389 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8391 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8392 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8394 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8397 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8399 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8402 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8404 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8409 \(fn)" nil nil)
8411 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8414 \(fn)" nil nil)
8416 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8419 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8424 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8426 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8427 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8429 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8432 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8434 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8436 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8439 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8441 ;;;***
8443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818
8444 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8445 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8447 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8448 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8449 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8450 text/enriched format.
8452 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8453 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8454 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8456 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8458 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8459 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8461 Commands:
8463 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8467 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8470 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8472 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8475 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8477 ;;;***
8479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21034 64808 616539 0))
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8482 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8483 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8485 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8488 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8490 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8493 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8494 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8495 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8496 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8497 the keys are listed.
8498 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8500 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8502 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8503 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8504 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8506 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8509 Verify FILE.
8511 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8514 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8516 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8518 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8519 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8521 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8526 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8527 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8528 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8529 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8531 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8532 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8533 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8534 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8535 should consider using the string based counterpart
8536 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8537 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8539 For example:
8541 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8542 (decode-coding-string
8543 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8544 'utf-8))
8546 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8548 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8549 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8551 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8552 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8556 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8557 Verify the current region between START and END.
8559 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8560 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8561 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8562 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8563 should consider using the string based counterpart
8564 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8565 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8567 For example:
8569 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8570 (decode-coding-string
8571 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8572 'utf-8))
8574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8578 between START and END.
8580 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8583 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8586 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8588 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8589 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8590 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8591 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8592 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8593 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8595 For example:
8597 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8598 (epg-sign-string
8599 context
8600 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8602 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8605 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8607 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8608 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8609 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8610 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8611 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8612 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8614 For example:
8616 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8617 (epg-encrypt-string
8618 context
8619 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8620 nil))
8622 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8625 Delete selected KEYS.
8627 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8629 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8630 Import keys from FILE.
8632 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8634 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8635 Import keys from the region.
8637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8640 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8641 between START and END.
8643 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8646 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8648 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8650 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8651 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8653 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8655 ;;;***
8657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8658 ;;;;;; 0))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8661 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8662 Decrypt marked files.
8664 \(fn)" t nil)
8666 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8667 Verify marked files.
8669 \(fn)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8672 Sign marked files.
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8676 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8677 Encrypt marked files.
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8681 ;;;***
8683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21102 14759 136845
8684 ;;;;;; 0))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8687 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8690 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8692 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20978 19624 657047
8705 ;;;;;; 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8708 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8709 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8711 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8712 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8716 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8717 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8718 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8720 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8725 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8726 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8728 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8730 \(fn)" t nil)
8732 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8733 Sign the current buffer.
8734 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8736 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8738 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8740 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8741 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8742 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8743 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8744 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8745 and also whether and how to sign.
8747 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8748 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8749 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8751 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8753 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8755 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8756 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8757 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8759 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8761 \(fn)" t nil)
8763 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8764 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8765 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8768 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8770 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8772 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8773 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8775 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8776 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8780 ;;;***
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21069 17449 167398 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8784 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8786 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8787 Return a context object.
8789 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8791 ;;;***
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8794 ;;;;;; 0))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8797 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8798 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8800 \(fn)" nil nil)
8802 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8803 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8805 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8807 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8808 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8810 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8812 ;;;***
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21053 29224 547064 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8816 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8818 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8819 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8821 \(fn)" nil nil)
8823 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8824 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8825 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8827 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8829 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8830 (server (erc-compute-server))
8831 (port (erc-compute-port))
8832 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8833 password
8834 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8836 That is, if called with
8838 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8840 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8841 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8842 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8844 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8846 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8848 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8849 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8850 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8852 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8854 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8855 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8856 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8857 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8859 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8861 ;;;***
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8864 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8866 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8868 ;;;***
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21050 53033
8871 ;;;;;; 774595 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8873 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8875 ;;;***
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8878 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8880 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8882 ;;;***
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8885 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8889 ;;;***
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8892 ;;;;;; 0))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8894 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8896 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8897 Parser for /dcc command.
8898 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8899 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8900 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8902 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8904 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8905 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8907 \(fn)" nil nil)
8909 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8910 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8912 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8913 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8914 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8915 that subcommand.
8917 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8919 ;;;***
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8922 ;;;;;; (21042 58928 39127 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8926 ;;;***
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8929 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8932 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8933 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8935 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8937 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8938 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8939 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8940 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8942 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8947 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8949 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8950 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8952 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8954 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8955 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8957 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8959 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8960 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8962 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8964 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8965 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8967 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8969 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8970 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8972 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8975 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8977 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8980 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8985 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8987 \(fn)" nil nil)
8989 ;;;***
8991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8992 ;;;;;; 0))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8994 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8996 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8997 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8998 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9002 ;;;***
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
9005 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9009 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9010 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9011 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9012 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9013 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9014 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9015 system.
9017 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9019 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9024 ;;;***
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
9027 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9033 \(fn)" nil nil)
9035 ;;;***
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9038 ;;;;;; 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9042 ;;;***
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
9045 ;;;;;; 0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
9047 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
9049 ;;;***
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21050 53033 774595
9052 ;;;;;; 0))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9054 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9055 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
9060 ;;;;;; 0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9064 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9065 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9066 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9067 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9068 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9069 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9071 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9073 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9074 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9075 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9076 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9078 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9079 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9080 automatically.
9082 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9083 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
9090 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9092 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9094 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9095 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9097 \(fn)" t nil)
9099 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9100 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9104 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9105 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9110 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9114 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9115 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9119 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9120 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9122 \(fn)" t nil)
9124 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9125 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9127 \(fn)" t nil)
9129 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9130 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9132 \(fn)" t nil)
9134 ;;;***
9136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9137 ;;;;;; 442000))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9141 ;;;***
9143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9144 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9146 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9148 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9149 Show who's gone.
9151 \(fn)" nil nil)
9153 ;;;***
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9156 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9160 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9161 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9162 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9166 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9167 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9169 \(fn)" t nil)
9171 ;;;***
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21013 58662
9174 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9178 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9179 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9180 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9181 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9183 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9185 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9190 ;;;***
9192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9193 ;;;;;; 0))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9195 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9197 ;;;***
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9200 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9202 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9204 ;;;***
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9207 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9211 ;;;***
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9214 ;;;;;; 442000))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9218 ;;;***
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9221 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9225 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9226 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9228 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9230 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9231 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9232 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9234 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9236 ;;;***
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9239 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9243 ;;;***
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9246 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9249 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9250 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9251 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9253 \(fn)" t nil)
9255 ;;;***
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9258 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9260 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9262 ;;;***
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9265 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9267 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9269 ;;;***
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21013 58662
9272 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9275 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9276 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9277 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9279 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9281 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9282 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9284 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9287 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9288 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9289 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9290 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9293 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9295 ;;;***
9297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9298 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9302 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9303 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9304 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9305 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9307 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9309 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9310 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9311 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9313 \(fn)" t nil)
9315 ;;;***
9317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9318 ;;;;;; 0))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9320 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9322 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9323 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9325 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9327 ;;;***
9329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21099 38568 469572
9330 ;;;;;; 0))
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9333 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9334 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9336 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9337 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9339 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9340 useful for assertions in BODY.
9342 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9344 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9345 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9346 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9348 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9350 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9352 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9354 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9355 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9357 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9358 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9359 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9360 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9362 Returns the stats object.
9364 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9366 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9367 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9369 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9370 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9371 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9372 the tests).
9374 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9376 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9377 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9379 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9380 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9381 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9382 and how to display message.
9384 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9386 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9388 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9389 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9391 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9393 ;;;***
9395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9396 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9399 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9401 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9402 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9404 \(fn)" t nil)
9406 ;;;***
9408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21048 47760
9409 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
9410 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9412 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9413 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9415 \(fn)" t nil)
9417 ;;;***
9419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21042 9718 407372
9420 ;;;;;; 0))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9422 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9424 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9425 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9426 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9427 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9428 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9429 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9430 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9431 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9432 buffer selected (or created).
9434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9436 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9437 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9438 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9440 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9442 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9443 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9444 The result might be any Lisp object.
9445 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9446 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9447 corresponding to a successful execution.
9449 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9451 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9453 ;;;***
9455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20992 52525 458637
9456 ;;;;;; 0))
9457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9459 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9460 File name of tags table.
9461 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9462 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9463 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9464 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9465 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9467 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9468 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9469 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9470 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9474 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9475 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9476 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9477 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9478 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9479 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9481 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9483 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9484 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9485 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9487 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9489 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9490 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9491 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9492 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9493 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9495 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9497 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9498 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9499 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9500 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9502 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9504 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9505 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9506 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9507 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9508 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9510 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9512 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9513 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9515 \(fn)" t nil)
9517 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9518 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9519 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9520 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9522 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9523 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9524 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9525 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9526 file the tag was in.
9528 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9530 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9531 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9532 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9533 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9534 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9535 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9536 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9537 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9538 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9540 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9542 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9543 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9544 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9545 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9546 without directory names.
9548 \(fn)" nil nil)
9549 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9550 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9551 (progn
9552 (load "etags")
9553 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9555 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9557 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9558 but does not select the buffer.
9559 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9561 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9562 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9563 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9564 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9565 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9567 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9569 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9570 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9571 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9573 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9575 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9579 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9586 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9597 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9599 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9602 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9603 around or before point.
9605 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9606 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9607 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9608 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9609 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9611 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9613 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9614 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9615 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9619 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9620 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9622 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9625 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9626 around or before point.
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9632 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9643 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9652 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9653 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9655 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9658 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9663 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9664 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9665 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9667 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9668 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9670 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9671 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9672 where they were found.
9674 \(fn)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9677 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9679 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9680 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9681 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9683 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9684 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9686 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9687 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9689 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9692 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9693 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9694 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9696 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9697 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9698 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9699 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9700 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9702 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9703 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9705 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9706 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9707 Stops when a match is found.
9708 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9710 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9711 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9712 restricted to these files.
9714 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9716 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9719 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9720 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9721 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9722 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9723 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9724 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9725 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9727 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9728 produce the list of files to search.
9730 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9732 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9735 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9736 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9737 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9738 directory specification.
9740 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9742 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9743 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9748 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9749 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9750 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9752 \(fn)" t nil)
9754 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9755 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9756 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9757 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9758 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9760 \(fn)" t nil)
9762 ;;;***
9764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9765 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9768 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9776 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9777 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9779 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9780 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9781 primary language.
9783 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9784 even if the buffer is read-only.
9786 See also the descriptions of the variables
9787 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9789 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9792 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9794 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9795 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9797 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9798 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9799 primary language.
9801 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9802 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9804 See also the descriptions of the variables
9805 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9807 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9811 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9812 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9814 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9816 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9817 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9818 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9819 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9821 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9822 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9823 primary language.
9825 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9826 buffer is read-only.
9828 See also the descriptions of the variables
9829 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9830 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9832 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9835 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9837 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9838 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9840 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9841 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9842 the primary language.
9844 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9845 buffer is read-only.
9847 See also the descriptions of the variables
9848 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9849 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9851 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9855 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9857 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9859 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9860 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9862 \(fn)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9865 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9867 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9868 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9869 be 1, 2, or 3.
9871 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9872 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9873 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9875 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9877 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9879 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9880 This function is deprecated.
9882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9885 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9889 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9890 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9895 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9897 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9898 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9900 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9901 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9903 \(fn)" nil nil)
9905 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9906 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9908 \(fn)" nil nil)
9910 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9911 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9913 \(fn)" nil nil)
9915 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9916 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9918 \(fn)" nil nil)
9920 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9921 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9922 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9924 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9929 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9931 ;;;***
9933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
9934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9936 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9937 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9938 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9939 server for future sessions.
9941 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9943 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9944 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9945 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9947 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9950 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9951 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9953 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9955 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9956 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9957 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9958 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9959 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9960 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9961 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9962 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9963 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9964 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9965 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9966 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9968 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9971 Display a form to query the directory server.
9972 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9973 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9975 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9977 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9978 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9979 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9981 \(fn)" t nil)
9983 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9985 ;;;***
9987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9988 ;;;;;; 0))
9989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9991 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9992 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9996 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9997 Display URL and make it clickable.
9999 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10001 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10002 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10004 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10006 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10007 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10009 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10011 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10012 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10014 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10016 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10017 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10019 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10021 ;;;***
10023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
10024 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
10025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10027 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10028 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10029 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10033 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10034 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10036 \(fn)" t nil)
10038 ;;;***
10040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21040
10041 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10044 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10045 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10047 \(fn)" t nil)
10049 ;;;***
10051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
10052 ;;;;;; 0))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10055 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10056 Create an empty ewoc.
10058 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10060 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10061 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10062 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10063 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10064 `insert-before-markers'.
10066 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10067 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10068 respectively, of the ewoc.
10070 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10071 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10072 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10074 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10076 ;;;***
10078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21086 26537 509049 0))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10081 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10082 Fetch URL and render the page.
10083 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10084 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10086 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10088 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10089 Render a file using EWW.
10091 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10093 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10096 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10098 ;;;***
10100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21041
10101 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10104 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10105 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10106 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10108 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10110 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10111 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10112 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10113 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10114 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10116 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10118 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10119 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10120 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10121 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10122 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10123 executable.
10125 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10127 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10128 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10129 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10133 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10134 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10135 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10136 file modes.
10138 \(fn)" nil nil)
10140 ;;;***
10142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10145 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10146 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10147 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10148 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10150 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10152 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10153 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10154 to generate such functions.
10156 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10157 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10158 beginning of the expanded text.
10160 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10161 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10162 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10163 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10165 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10167 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10169 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10170 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10171 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10173 \(fn)" nil nil)
10175 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10176 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10177 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10179 \(fn)" t nil)
10181 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10182 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10183 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10185 \(fn)" t nil)
10186 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10187 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10189 ;;;***
10191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20992 52525 458637
10192 ;;;;;; 0))
10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10195 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10196 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10197 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10199 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10200 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10201 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10203 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10205 Key definitions:
10206 \\{f90-mode-map}
10208 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10210 `f90-do-indent'
10211 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10212 `f90-if-indent'
10213 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10214 `f90-type-indent'
10215 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10216 `f90-program-indent'
10217 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10218 (default 2).
10219 `f90-associate-indent'
10220 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10221 `f90-critical-indent'
10222 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10223 `f90-continuation-indent'
10224 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10225 `f90-comment-region'
10226 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10227 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10228 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10229 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10230 (default \"!\").
10231 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10232 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10233 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10234 `f90-break-delimiters'
10235 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10236 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10237 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10238 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10239 (default t).
10240 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10241 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10242 `f90-smart-end'
10243 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10244 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10245 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10246 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10247 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10248 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10249 `f90-leave-line-no'
10250 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10252 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10253 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10255 \(fn)" t nil)
10257 ;;;***
10259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21082 29482 330637
10260 ;;;;;; 0))
10261 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10263 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10264 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10265 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10266 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10268 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10269 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10270 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10271 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10272 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10274 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10275 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10276 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10277 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10278 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10279 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10280 attributes.
10282 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10283 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10285 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10287 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10288 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10289 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10290 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10292 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10294 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10295 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10296 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10297 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10299 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10300 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10301 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10303 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10304 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10305 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10306 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10308 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10310 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10311 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10312 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10314 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10315 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10316 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10317 the same amount).
10319 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10321 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10322 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10323 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10325 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10326 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10327 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10328 will remove any scaling currently active.
10330 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10332 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10333 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10334 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10336 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10337 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10338 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10339 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10340 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10342 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10343 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10345 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10347 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10348 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10350 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10351 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10352 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10354 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10355 the face height as long as the input event read
10356 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10358 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10359 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10360 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10361 will remove any scaling currently active.
10363 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10364 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10365 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10366 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10367 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10369 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10372 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10373 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10374 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10375 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10376 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10381 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10382 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10383 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10384 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10385 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10386 `buffer-face-mode'.
10388 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10389 local, and sets it to FACE.
10391 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10393 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10394 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10395 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10396 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10397 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10398 `face' text property.
10400 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10401 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10402 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10403 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10405 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10406 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10408 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10410 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10411 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10412 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10413 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10417 ;;;***
10419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10420 ;;;;;; 0))
10421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10422 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10424 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10425 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10426 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10427 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10429 \(fn)" nil nil)
10431 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10432 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10436 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10437 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10438 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10439 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10443 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10444 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10445 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10446 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10447 backup file names and the like).
10449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10451 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10452 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10453 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10454 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10455 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10456 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10457 internally by feedmail):
10459 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10460 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10461 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10462 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10464 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10465 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10466 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10467 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10468 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10470 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10472 ;;;***
10474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21090 23592 994673 0))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10477 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10478 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10479 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10480 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10481 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10482 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10483 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10485 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10487 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10488 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10489 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10490 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10491 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10492 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10493 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10495 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10497 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10499 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10500 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10501 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10502 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10503 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10504 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10506 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10509 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10510 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10511 Return value:
10512 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10513 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10514 * otherwise, nil
10516 \(fn E)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10519 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10520 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10522 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10524 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10525 Try to get a file name at point.
10526 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10528 \(fn)" nil nil)
10530 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10531 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10533 \(fn)" t nil)
10535 ;;;***
10537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20998 4934 952905
10538 ;;;;;; 0))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10541 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10542 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10543 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10544 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10546 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10548 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10549 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10550 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10551 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10552 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10553 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10555 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10557 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10558 Add FILE to the file cache.
10560 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10562 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10563 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10564 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10566 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10569 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10570 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10572 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10575 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10576 This function does not use any external programs.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10579 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10581 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10584 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10585 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10586 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10587 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10588 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10589 \(directories) is done.
10591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10593 ;;;***
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (20999 25770 522517
10596 ;;;;;; 0))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10599 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10600 Handle file system monitoring event.
10601 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10602 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10604 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10606 ;;;***
10608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10609 ;;;;;; 0))
10610 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10612 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10613 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10615 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10616 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10617 Local Variables list.
10619 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10620 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10621 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10623 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10625 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10626 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10628 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10630 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10631 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10633 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10634 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10635 the -*- line.
10637 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10638 then this function adds it.
10640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10643 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10645 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10647 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10648 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10650 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10652 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10653 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10655 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10657 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10658 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10660 \(fn)" t nil)
10662 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10663 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10665 \(fn)" t nil)
10667 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10668 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10670 \(fn)" t nil)
10672 ;;;***
10674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20999 25770 522517
10675 ;;;;;; 0))
10676 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10678 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10679 Filesets initialization.
10680 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10682 \(fn)" nil nil)
10684 ;;;***
10686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10687 ;;;;;; 0))
10688 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10689 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10691 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10692 Initiate the building of a find command.
10693 For example:
10695 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10696 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10697 (mtime \"+1\"))
10698 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10700 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10701 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10703 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10705 ;;;***
10707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10708 ;;;;;; 0))
10709 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10711 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10712 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10713 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10715 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10717 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10718 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10720 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10722 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10723 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10724 and run dired on those files.
10725 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10726 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10728 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10730 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10732 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10733 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10734 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10736 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10737 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10739 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10740 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10742 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10744 ;;;***
10746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20999 25770 522517
10747 ;;;;;; 0))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10750 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10751 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10752 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10753 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10754 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10755 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10756 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10758 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10760 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10761 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10762 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10764 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10766 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10768 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10770 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10771 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10772 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10774 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10775 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10777 Variables of interest include:
10779 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10780 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10781 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10783 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10784 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10785 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10787 - `ff-ignore-include'
10788 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10790 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10791 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10793 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10794 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10796 - `ff-special-constructs'
10797 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10798 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10799 extracting the filename from that construct.
10801 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10802 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10804 - `ff-search-directories'
10805 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10806 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10808 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10809 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10811 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10812 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10814 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10815 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10817 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10818 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10820 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10821 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10823 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10826 Visit the file you click on.
10828 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10830 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10831 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10833 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10835 ;;;***
10837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10838 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10841 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10842 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10843 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10845 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10847 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10848 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10849 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10850 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10852 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10853 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10854 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10855 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10857 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10859 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10860 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10862 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10863 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10864 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10865 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10867 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10868 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10869 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10871 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10872 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10873 in `load-path'.
10875 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10877 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10878 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10880 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10881 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10882 places point before the definition.
10883 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10885 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10886 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10887 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10889 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10891 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10892 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10894 See `find-function' for more details.
10896 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10898 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10899 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10901 See `find-function' for more details.
10903 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10906 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10908 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10909 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10910 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10912 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10913 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10915 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10917 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10918 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10920 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10921 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10922 places point before the definition.
10924 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10926 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10927 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10928 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10930 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10932 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10933 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10935 See `find-variable' for more details.
10937 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10939 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10940 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10942 See `find-variable' for more details.
10944 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10946 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10947 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10948 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10949 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10950 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10951 buffer nor display it.
10953 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10954 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10956 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10958 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10959 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10961 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10962 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10963 places point before the definition.
10965 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10967 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10968 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10969 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10971 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10973 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10974 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10975 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10977 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10979 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10980 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10982 \(fn)" t nil)
10984 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10985 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10987 \(fn)" t nil)
10989 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10990 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10992 \(fn)" nil nil)
10994 ;;;***
10996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20993 35788 926781
10997 ;;;;;; 0))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11000 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11001 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11003 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11005 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11006 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11008 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11010 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11011 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11013 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11015 ;;;***
11017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21031 2230 839140 0))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11019 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11021 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11022 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11024 \(fn)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11027 Display FILE's commentary section.
11028 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11030 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11032 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11033 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11035 \(fn)" t nil)
11037 ;;;***
11039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
11040 ;;;;;; 0))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11043 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11044 Toggle flow control handling.
11045 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11046 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11048 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11050 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11051 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11052 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11053 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11054 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11055 to get the effect of a C-q.
11057 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11059 ;;;***
11061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
11062 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11065 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11070 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11073 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11075 ;;;***
11077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21019 11047
11078 ;;;;;; 84796 0))
11079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11080 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11083 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11085 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11086 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11090 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11091 Turn flymake mode on.
11093 \(fn)" nil nil)
11095 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11096 Turn flymake mode off.
11098 \(fn)" nil nil)
11100 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11103 \(fn)" nil nil)
11105 ;;;***
11107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
11108 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11111 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11112 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11114 \(fn)" t nil)
11115 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11117 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11118 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11120 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11121 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11123 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11124 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11125 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11127 Bindings:
11128 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11129 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11130 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11131 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11133 Hooks:
11134 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11136 Remark:
11137 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11138 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11139 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11141 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11142 consider adding:
11143 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11144 in your init file.
11146 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11147 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11151 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11152 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11157 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11162 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11164 \(fn)" nil nil)
11166 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11167 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11169 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11171 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11172 Flyspell whole buffer.
11174 \(fn)" t nil)
11176 ;;;***
11178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11179 ;;;;;; 0))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11181 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11183 ;;;***
11185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11188 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11189 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11193 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11194 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11196 \(fn)" nil nil)
11198 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11199 Toggle Follow mode.
11200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11204 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11205 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11207 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11208 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11209 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11211 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11212 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11213 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11214 movement commands.
11216 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11217 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11218 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11219 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11220 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11221 mileage may vary).
11223 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11224 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11226 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11228 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11230 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11231 \\{follow-mode-map}
11233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11235 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11236 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11238 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11239 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11240 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11241 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11242 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11243 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11245 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11246 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11247 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11251 ;;;***
11253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11254 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11256 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11258 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11259 Toggle Footnote mode.
11260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11261 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11262 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11264 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11265 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11266 play around with the following keys:
11267 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11271 ;;;***
11273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11276 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11277 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11279 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11280 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11281 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11282 C-c < forms-first-record <
11283 C-c > forms-last-record >
11284 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11285 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11286 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11287 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11288 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11289 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11290 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11291 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11292 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11293 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11295 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11297 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11298 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11300 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11302 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11303 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11305 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11307 ;;;***
11309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20992 52525
11310 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11313 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11314 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11315 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11317 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11318 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11320 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11322 Key definitions:
11323 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11325 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11327 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11328 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11329 `fortran-do-indent'
11330 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11331 `fortran-if-indent'
11332 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11333 `fortran-structure-indent'
11334 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11335 (default 3)
11336 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11337 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11338 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11339 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11340 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11341 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11342 nil don't change the indentation
11343 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11344 value of either
11345 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11346 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11347 depending on the continuation format in use.
11348 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11349 indentation for a line of code.
11350 (default 'fixed)
11351 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11352 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11353 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11354 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11355 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11356 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11357 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11358 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11359 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11360 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11361 column 5.
11362 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11363 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11364 statements (default nil).
11365 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11366 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11367 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11368 `fortran-continuation-string'
11369 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11370 line (default \"$\").
11371 `fortran-comment-region'
11372 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11373 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11374 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11375 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11376 as typed (default t).
11377 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11378 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11380 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11381 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11383 \(fn)" t nil)
11385 ;;;***
11387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11388 ;;;;;; 191000))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11391 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11392 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11394 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11395 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11397 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11399 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11400 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11402 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11403 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11405 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11407 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11408 Compile fortune file.
11410 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11411 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11413 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11415 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11416 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11418 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11419 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11420 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11421 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11423 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11425 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11426 Display a fortune cookie.
11427 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11428 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11429 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11430 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11432 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11434 ;;;***
11436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21005 64551 555603
11437 ;;;;;; 0))
11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11440 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11441 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11442 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11444 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11445 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11446 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11448 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11449 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11451 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11452 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11454 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11455 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11456 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11457 intend to modify existing values, do
11459 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11461 before changing anything.
11463 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11464 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11466 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11467 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11468 to restore the frame.
11470 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11471 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11472 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11474 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11475 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11476 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11477 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11478 FILTER A filter function.
11480 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11481 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11483 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11485 where
11487 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11488 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11489 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11490 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11491 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11492 before restoring it.
11493 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11495 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11496 It must return:
11497 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11498 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11499 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11501 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11502 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11504 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11505 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11506 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11507 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11508 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11509 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11510 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11512 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11514 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11515 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11517 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11519 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11520 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11521 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11522 If nil, check all live frames.
11524 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11527 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11528 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11529 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11530 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11531 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11532 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11533 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11534 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11535 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11536 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11538 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11540 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11541 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11543 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11544 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11545 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11546 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11547 and window-state is not restored.
11549 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11550 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11552 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11553 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11554 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11555 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11556 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11557 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11558 included on the list are left untouched.
11560 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11561 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11562 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11563 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11564 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11565 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11566 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11567 be created from that parameter alist.
11569 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11570 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11571 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11572 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11573 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11574 - the live frame just restored,
11575 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11576 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11577 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11579 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11580 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11581 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11582 it has been restored.
11584 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11586 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11588 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11589 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11590 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11591 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11593 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11595 ;;;***
11597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11598 ;;;;;; 124734 677000))
11599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11600 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11602 ;;;***
11604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21042 58928
11605 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
11606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11608 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11609 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11610 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11612 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11614 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11615 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11616 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11617 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11618 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11619 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11620 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11624 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11625 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11626 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11627 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11629 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11630 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11631 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11632 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11633 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11635 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11636 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11637 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11638 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11640 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11641 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11642 shown in some of the buffers.
11644 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11646 The following commands help control operation :
11648 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11649 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11651 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11652 detailed description of this mode.
11655 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11656 | GDB Toolbar |
11657 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11658 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11659 | | |
11660 | | |
11661 | | |
11662 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11663 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11664 | | (comint-mode) |
11665 | | |
11666 | | |
11667 | | |
11668 | | |
11669 | | |
11670 | | |
11671 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11672 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11673 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11674 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11675 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11676 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11678 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11680 ;;;***
11682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11683 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11686 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11687 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11688 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11689 instead (which see).")
11691 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11692 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11694 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11695 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11696 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11697 documentation string instead.
11699 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11700 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11701 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11702 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11703 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11704 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11705 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11706 enders are actually possible.
11708 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11709 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11711 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11712 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11713 `font-lock-keywords'.
11715 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11716 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11717 runs the macro expansion.
11719 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11720 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11721 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11723 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11725 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11727 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11729 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11731 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11732 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11734 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11736 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11737 Enter generic mode MODE.
11739 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11740 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11741 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11743 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11744 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11748 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11749 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11750 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11751 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11752 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11753 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11754 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11755 `font-lock-keywords'.
11757 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11759 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11761 ;;;***
11763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11764 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11767 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11768 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11770 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11771 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11772 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11776 ;;;***
11778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11779 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11782 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11783 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11784 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11786 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11788 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11789 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11791 Guideline for numbers:
11792 1 - error messages
11793 3 - non-serious error messages
11794 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11795 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11796 9 - messages inside loops.
11798 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11800 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11802 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11804 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11806 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11807 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11809 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11811 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11812 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11814 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11815 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11816 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11817 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11818 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11819 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11821 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11822 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11823 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11824 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11825 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11827 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11829 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11831 ;;;***
11833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11835 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11836 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11837 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11839 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11840 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11844 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11845 Read network news.
11846 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11847 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11848 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11849 name of an NNTP server to use.
11850 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11851 server.
11853 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11855 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11856 Read news as a slave.
11858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11860 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11861 Pop up a frame to read news.
11862 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11863 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11864 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11865 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11866 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11867 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11868 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11869 current display is used.
11871 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11874 Read network news.
11875 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11876 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11877 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11879 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11881 ;;;***
11883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21048 47760
11884 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11887 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11888 Start Gnus unplugged.
11890 \(fn)" t nil)
11892 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11893 Start Gnus plugged.
11895 \(fn)" t nil)
11897 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11898 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11902 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11903 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11905 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11906 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11907 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11909 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11910 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11911 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11915 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11916 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11918 \(fn)" nil nil)
11920 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11922 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11923 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11924 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11925 supported.
11927 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11929 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11930 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11931 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11932 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11933 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11934 supported.
11936 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11941 \(fn)" nil nil)
11943 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11944 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11945 downloaded into the agent.
11947 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11949 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11950 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11951 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11952 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11954 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11956 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11959 \(fn)" t nil)
11961 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11962 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11964 \(fn)" t nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11967 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11968 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11970 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11972 ;;;***
11974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21040 17194
11975 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11978 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11979 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11981 \(fn)" nil nil)
11983 ;;;***
11985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21040
11986 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11989 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11990 Set a bookmark for this article.
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11994 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11995 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11997 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12000 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12001 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12002 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12003 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12005 \(fn)" t nil)
12007 ;;;***
12009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
12010 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12013 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12014 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12016 Usage:
12017 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12019 \(fn)" t nil)
12021 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12022 Generate the cache active file.
12024 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12026 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12027 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12029 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12031 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12032 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12033 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12034 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12035 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12036 supported.
12038 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12040 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12041 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12042 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12043 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12044 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12045 supported.
12047 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12049 ;;;***
12051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20988 22031
12052 ;;;;;; 837044 0))
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12055 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12056 Delay this article by some time.
12057 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12059 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12060 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12062 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12063 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12065 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12066 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12068 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12071 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12075 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12076 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12077 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12078 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12080 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12081 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12083 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12085 ;;;***
12087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
12088 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12091 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12094 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12096 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12099 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12101 ;;;***
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
12104 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12107 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12108 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12110 \(fn)" t nil)
12112 ;;;***
12114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
12115 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12118 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12119 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12121 \(fn)" t nil)
12123 ;;;***
12125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
12126 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12129 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12130 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12135 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12137 \(fn)" t nil)
12139 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12140 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12142 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12143 different input formats.
12145 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12147 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12150 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12151 different input formats.
12153 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12156 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12157 The PNG is returned as a string.
12159 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Convert FILE to a Face.
12163 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12164 726 bytes.
12166 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
12171 ;;;;;; 65006 176325 548000))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12174 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12175 Display gravatar in the From header.
12176 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12180 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12181 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12182 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12184 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12186 ;;;***
12188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21104 56491
12189 ;;;;;; 538513 0))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12192 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12193 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12194 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12195 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12197 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12199 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12200 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12202 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12204 ;;;***
12206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21042 58928
12207 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12210 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12213 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12215 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12218 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12220 ;;;***
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21040 17194
12223 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
12224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12226 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12228 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12229 Run batched scoring.
12230 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12232 \(fn)" t nil)
12234 ;;;***
12236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
12237 ;;;;;; 0))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12240 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12243 \(fn)" nil nil)
12245 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12246 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12247 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12249 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12251 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12252 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12254 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12258 ;;;***
12260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
12261 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12264 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12265 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12266 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12267 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12268 group parameters.
12270 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12271 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12272 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12273 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12275 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12276 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12277 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12278 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12279 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12280 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12281 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12282 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12283 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12284 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12286 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12288 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12289 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12290 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12291 nil CATCH-ALL).
12293 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12294 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12296 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12298 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12299 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12300 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12302 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12304 \(fn)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12307 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12308 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12310 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12312 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12313 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12314 existing groups are considered.
12316 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12317 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12318 returned.
12320 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12321 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12322 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12323 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12324 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12325 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12326 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12327 clauses will be generated.
12329 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12330 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12331 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12332 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12333 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12334 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12336 For example, given the following group parameters:
12338 nnml:mail.bar:
12339 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12340 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12341 nnml:mail.foo:
12342 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12343 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12344 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12345 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12346 nnml:mail.others:
12347 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12349 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12351 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12352 \"mail.bar\")
12353 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12354 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12355 \"mail.others\")
12357 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12359 ;;;***
12361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20974 22577
12362 ;;;;;; 548213 0))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12365 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12369 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12370 instead.
12372 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12375 Mail to ADDRESS.
12377 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12379 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12380 Like `message-reply'.
12382 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12384 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12386 ;;;***
12388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12389 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12392 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12393 Send a notification on new message.
12394 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12395 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12396 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12398 This is typically a function to add in
12399 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12401 \(fn)" nil nil)
12403 ;;;***
12405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12406 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12409 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12410 Display picons in the From header.
12411 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12416 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12417 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12421 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12422 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12423 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12427 ;;;***
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12430 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12433 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12434 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12435 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12436 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12438 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12440 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12441 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12442 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12443 LIST1 is modified.
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12447 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12449 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12453 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12456 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12458 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12459 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12460 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12462 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12464 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12465 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12466 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12468 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12470 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12474 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12476 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12478 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12479 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12480 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12482 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12484 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12485 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12486 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12488 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12490 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12491 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12493 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12495 ;;;***
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20955
12498 ;;;;;; 58152 201869 0))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12501 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12502 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12504 \(fn)" t nil)
12506 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12507 Install the registry hooks.
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12511 ;;;***
12513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12514 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12518 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12519 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12520 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12521 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12522 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12524 \(fn)" t nil)
12526 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12527 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12528 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12529 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12530 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12534 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12539 ;;;***
12541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21042 58928
12542 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
12543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12545 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12546 Update the format specification near point.
12548 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12550 ;;;***
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20986 60038
12553 ;;;;;; 720063 0))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12556 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12557 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12559 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12561 ;;;***
12563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21048 47760
12564 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12567 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12568 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12569 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12571 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12573 ;;;***
12575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12576 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12579 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12580 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12584 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12585 Install the sync hooks.
12587 \(fn)" t nil)
12589 ;;;***
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12592 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12595 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12596 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12598 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12600 ;;;***
12602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21049 14338 391345
12603 ;;;;;; 0))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12606 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12607 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12608 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12609 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12610 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12611 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12613 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12615 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12617 ;;;***
12619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20992 52525 458637
12620 ;;;;;; 0))
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12623 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12624 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12626 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12627 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12628 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12630 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12631 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12632 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12634 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12635 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12637 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12638 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12640 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12642 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12644 ;;;***
12646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12647 ;;;;;; 368550 0))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12650 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12652 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12653 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12654 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12655 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12656 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12658 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12660 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12661 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12662 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12663 or to send e-mail.
12664 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12665 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12667 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12668 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12670 \(fn)" t nil)
12671 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12673 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12674 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12676 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12677 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12681 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12682 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12686 ;;;***
12688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12689 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12692 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12693 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12694 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12696 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12698 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12699 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12701 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12703 ;;;***
12705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774 886399
12706 ;;;;;; 0))
12707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12709 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12710 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12712 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12714 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12715 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12716 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12717 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12718 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12720 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12721 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12722 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12724 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12726 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12727 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12728 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12729 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12730 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12732 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12734 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12735 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12737 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12739 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12740 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12742 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12743 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12744 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12746 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12747 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12748 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12750 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12751 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12752 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12753 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12755 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12756 How to invoke find and grep.
12757 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12758 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12759 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12760 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12762 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12764 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12765 History list for grep.")
12767 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12768 History list for grep-find.")
12770 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12771 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12772 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12774 \(fn)" nil nil)
12776 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12779 \(fn)" nil nil)
12781 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12782 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12784 \(fn)" nil nil)
12786 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12787 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12788 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12789 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12790 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12792 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12793 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12795 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12796 can easily repeat a grep command.
12798 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12799 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12800 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12801 list is empty).
12803 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12805 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12806 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12807 Collect output in a buffer.
12808 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12809 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12811 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12812 easily repeat a find command.
12814 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12816 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12818 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12819 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12820 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12821 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12822 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12824 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12825 before it is executed.
12826 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12828 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12829 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12830 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12832 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12834 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12836 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12837 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12838 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12839 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12840 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12842 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12843 before it is executed.
12844 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12846 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12847 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12848 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12849 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12851 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12853 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12854 to specify a command to run.
12856 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12859 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12860 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12861 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12863 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12865 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12867 ;;;***
12869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12872 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12873 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12874 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12875 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12876 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12878 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12880 ;;;***
12882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21049 14338 391345
12883 ;;;;;; 0))
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12886 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12887 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12889 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12893 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12894 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12895 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12896 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12898 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12900 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12901 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12902 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12903 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12905 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12907 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12908 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12909 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12910 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12912 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12913 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12915 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12917 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12918 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12920 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12924 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12925 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12926 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12927 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12929 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12931 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12932 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12933 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12934 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12935 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12937 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12938 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12939 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12940 original source file access method.
12942 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12943 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12945 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12947 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12948 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12950 \(fn)" t nil)
12952 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12953 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12954 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12957 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12959 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12961 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12962 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12965 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12969 ;;;***
12971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21031 51082 798722
12972 ;;;;;; 0))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12975 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12976 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12977 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12978 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12979 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12980 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12981 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12982 set it to.
12983 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12985 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12987 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12988 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12989 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12990 of PLACE.
12991 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12992 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12993 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12994 and SETTER.
12995 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12996 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12998 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13000 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13002 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13003 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13004 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13005 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13006 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13008 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13010 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13012 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13015 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13017 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
13019 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
13021 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13022 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13023 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13024 well for simple place forms.
13025 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13026 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13027 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13028 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13029 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13030 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13031 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13033 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13035 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13037 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13038 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13039 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13040 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13041 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13043 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13044 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13045 (let ((temp VAL))
13046 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13047 temp)
13048 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13050 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13052 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13053 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13054 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13055 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13056 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13057 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13059 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13061 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13063 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13064 Return a reference to PLACE.
13065 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13067 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13069 ;;;***
13071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
13072 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13073 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13075 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13076 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13077 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13078 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13080 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13081 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13082 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13083 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13085 \(fn)" t nil)
13087 ;;;***
13089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13090 ;;;;;; 0))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13093 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13094 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13096 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13098 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13099 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13100 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13101 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13103 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13105 \(fn)" t nil)
13107 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13108 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13109 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13110 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13111 to be updated.
13113 \(fn)" t nil)
13115 ;;;***
13117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
13118 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13121 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13122 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13126 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13127 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13128 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13132 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13133 Verify a hashcash payment
13135 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13137 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13138 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13139 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13140 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13141 `mail-add-payment-async').
13143 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13145 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13146 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13147 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13148 Calculation is asynchronous.
13150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13152 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13153 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13154 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158 ;;;***
13160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
13161 ;;;;;; 0))
13162 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13164 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13165 Return the help-echo string at point.
13166 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13167 property, or nil, is returned.
13168 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13169 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13170 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13172 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13174 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13175 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13176 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13177 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13178 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13180 \(fn)" nil nil)
13182 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13183 Display local help in the echo area.
13184 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13185 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13186 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13187 printed instead.
13189 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13190 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13191 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13195 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13196 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13197 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13199 \(fn)" t nil)
13201 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13202 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13203 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13205 \(fn)" t nil)
13207 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13208 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13209 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13210 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13211 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13212 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13213 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13214 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13215 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13216 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13217 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13219 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13220 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13221 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13222 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13223 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13225 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13226 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13227 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13228 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13229 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13230 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13231 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13232 The default is `never'.")
13234 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13236 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13237 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13238 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13239 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13240 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13241 considered different regions.
13243 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13244 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13245 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13246 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13247 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13248 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13249 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13250 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13251 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13253 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13255 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13256 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13257 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13258 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13259 different regions.
13261 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13262 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13263 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13264 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13265 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13266 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13267 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13268 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13270 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13271 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13272 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13273 rarely happens in practice.
13275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13277 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13278 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13279 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13280 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13281 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13282 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13286 ;;;***
13288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20924 16196 967284
13289 ;;;;;; 0))
13290 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13292 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13293 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13295 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13297 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13298 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13299 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13301 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13303 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13304 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13305 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13306 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13307 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13308 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13309 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13310 search for a function definition.
13312 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13313 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13314 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13315 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13316 suitable file is found, return nil.
13318 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13320 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13323 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13325 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13326 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13327 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13328 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13330 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13332 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13333 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13334 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13335 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13336 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13337 it is displayed along with the global value.
13339 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13341 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13342 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13343 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13344 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13348 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13349 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13350 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13351 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13352 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13354 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13356 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13357 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13359 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13361 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13362 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13364 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13366 ;;;***
13368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20992 52525 458637
13369 ;;;;;; 0))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13372 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13373 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13374 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13375 window listing and describing the options.
13376 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13377 gives the window that lists the options.")
13379 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13381 ;;;***
13383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21048 47760 436258
13384 ;;;;;; 0))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13387 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13388 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13389 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13390 Commands:
13391 \\{help-mode-map}
13393 \(fn)" t nil)
13395 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13398 \(fn)" nil nil)
13400 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13403 \(fn)" nil nil)
13405 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13406 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13408 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13409 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13410 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13411 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13413 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13414 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13415 restore it properly when going back.
13417 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13419 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13420 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13421 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13422 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13423 from `help-mode'.
13424 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13425 it does not already exist.
13427 \(fn)" nil nil)
13429 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13430 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13432 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13433 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13434 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13435 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13436 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13437 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13438 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13439 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13441 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13442 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13443 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13444 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13446 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13447 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13448 that.
13450 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13452 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13453 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13454 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13455 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13456 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13457 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13459 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13461 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13462 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13463 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13464 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13465 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13467 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13469 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13470 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13472 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13474 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13475 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13476 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13477 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13479 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13481 ;;;***
13483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20992 52525
13484 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
13485 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13487 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13488 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13490 \(fn)" t nil)
13492 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13493 Provide help for current mode.
13495 \(fn)" t nil)
13497 ;;;***
13499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13500 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13502 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13503 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13504 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13505 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13506 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13508 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13509 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13511 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13512 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13513 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13514 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13516 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13517 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13518 periods.
13520 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13521 in hexl format.
13523 A sample format:
13525 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13526 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13527 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13528 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13529 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13530 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13531 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13532 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13533 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13534 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13535 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13536 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13537 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13538 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13539 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13541 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13542 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13543 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13545 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13546 also supported.
13548 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13550 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13551 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13552 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13554 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13555 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13556 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13558 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13559 into the buffer at the current point.
13561 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13562 into the buffer at the current point.
13564 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13565 into the buffer at the current point.
13567 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13569 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13570 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13572 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13574 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13578 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13579 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13580 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13581 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13583 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13585 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13586 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13587 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13589 \(fn)" t nil)
13591 ;;;***
13593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (20908 27948 216644
13594 ;;;;;; 0))
13595 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13597 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13598 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13603 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13604 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13605 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13606 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13608 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13609 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13610 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13611 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13613 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13614 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13615 which can be called interactively, are:
13617 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13618 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13620 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13621 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13622 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13623 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13625 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13626 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13628 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13629 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13630 available face automatically.
13632 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13633 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13635 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13636 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13637 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13638 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13639 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13640 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13641 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13642 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13643 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13644 function returns t.
13646 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13647 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13649 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13650 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13651 form:
13652 Hi-lock: FOO
13654 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13655 position (number of characters into buffer)
13656 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13657 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13658 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13662 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13663 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13664 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13667 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13669 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13671 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13672 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13673 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13674 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13675 ARG is omitted or nil.
13677 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13678 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13679 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13683 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13685 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13686 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13687 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13688 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13689 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13691 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13692 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13693 highlighting will not update as you type.
13695 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13697 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13699 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13700 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13701 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13702 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13703 value(s) REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13705 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13706 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13707 highlighting will not update as you type.
13709 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13711 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13713 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13714 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13716 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13717 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13718 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13719 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13720 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13722 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13723 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13724 highlighting will not update as you type.
13726 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13728 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13730 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13731 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13732 Use `find-tag-default-as-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13733 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13734 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13736 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13737 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13738 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13740 \(fn)" t nil)
13742 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13744 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13745 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13746 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13747 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13748 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13749 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13751 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13753 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13754 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13756 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13757 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13758 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13760 \(fn)" t nil)
13762 ;;;***
13764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13765 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13768 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13769 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13771 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13772 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13774 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13775 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13776 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13777 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13779 `hide-ifdef-env'
13780 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13781 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13782 is used.
13784 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13785 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13786 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13787 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13788 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13790 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13791 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13792 #endif lines when hiding.
13794 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13795 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13796 is activated.
13798 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13799 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13800 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13802 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13806 ;;;***
13808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13809 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13812 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13813 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13814 Each element has the form
13815 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13817 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13818 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13820 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13821 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13823 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13824 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13825 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13826 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13827 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13828 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13830 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13831 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13833 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13834 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13836 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13837 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13838 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13840 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13841 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13843 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13844 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13846 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13847 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13848 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13850 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13851 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13852 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13854 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13855 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13857 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13859 Key bindings:
13860 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13864 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13865 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13867 \(fn)" nil nil)
13869 ;;;***
13871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20992 52525 458637
13872 ;;;;;; 0))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13875 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13878 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13879 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13881 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13882 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13883 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13884 this on and off.
13886 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13887 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13888 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13889 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13890 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13891 through various faces.
13892 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13893 buffer with the contents of a file
13894 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13898 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13899 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13901 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13902 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13904 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13905 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13906 in a distinctive face.
13908 The default value can be customized with variable
13909 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13911 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13915 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13916 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13917 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13919 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13921 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13922 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13924 \(fn)" t nil)
13926 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13927 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13931 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13932 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13934 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13935 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13936 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13937 shown in the last face in the list.
13939 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13940 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13941 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13943 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13947 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13948 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13950 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13952 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13953 to save the file.
13955 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13956 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13958 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13959 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13960 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13962 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13964 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13965 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13967 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13968 this function is called interactively.
13970 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13971 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13972 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13974 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13975 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13976 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13978 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13980 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13981 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13982 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13985 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13987 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13989 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13990 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13991 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13992 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13993 ARG is omitted or nil.
13995 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13996 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13997 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14001 ;;;***
14003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20992 52525 458637
14004 ;;;;;; 0))
14005 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14006 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14008 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14009 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14010 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14011 or insert functions in this list.")
14013 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14015 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14016 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14017 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14018 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14019 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14020 expansions.
14021 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14022 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14023 undoes the expansion.
14025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14027 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14028 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14029 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14030 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14032 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14034 ;;;***
14036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (20992 52525 458637
14037 ;;;;;; 0))
14038 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14040 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14041 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14043 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14044 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14046 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14047 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14048 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14049 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14050 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14051 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14053 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14054 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14055 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14056 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14060 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14061 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14062 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14065 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14067 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14069 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14070 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14072 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14075 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14076 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14077 windows.
14079 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14080 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14084 ;;;***
14086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
14087 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14090 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14092 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14093 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14096 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14098 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14100 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14102 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14103 Oriental holidays.
14104 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14106 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14108 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14110 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14112 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14113 Local holidays.
14114 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14116 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14118 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14122 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14123 User defined holidays.
14124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14126 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14128 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14130 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14131 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14133 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14135 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14136 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14138 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14140 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14141 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14143 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14145 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14146 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14148 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14150 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14152 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14153 Jewish holidays.
14154 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14156 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14158 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14160 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14162 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14163 Christian holidays.
14164 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14166 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14168 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14172 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14173 Islamic holidays.
14174 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14176 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14178 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14182 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14183 Bahá'í holidays.
14184 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14186 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14188 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14190 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14192 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14193 Sun-related holidays.
14194 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14196 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14198 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14200 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14202 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14203 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14204 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14205 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14209 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14210 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14211 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14212 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14213 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14215 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14216 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14218 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14219 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14221 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14222 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14223 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14224 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14225 of a holiday list.
14227 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14229 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14231 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14233 ;;;***
14235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
14236 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14239 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14240 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14242 \(fn)" t nil)
14244 ;;;***
14246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21105 28578
14247 ;;;;;; 135432 0))
14248 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14249 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14251 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14252 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14253 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14254 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14255 as possible.
14257 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14258 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14259 fontified display.
14261 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14262 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14264 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14265 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14266 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14268 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14270 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14271 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14272 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14274 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14276 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14278 ;;;***
14280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
14281 ;;;;;; 0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14284 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14285 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14287 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14288 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14289 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14291 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14292 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14293 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14294 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14295 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14296 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14298 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14299 title of the column.
14301 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14302 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14303 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14304 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14305 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14307 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14309 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14310 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14311 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14312 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14313 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14315 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14316 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14317 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14319 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14321 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14322 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14323 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14324 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14325 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14326 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14328 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14329 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14330 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14331 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14332 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14333 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14334 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14335 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14336 values are:
14337 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14338 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14339 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14340 buffer's modification flag.
14341 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14342 prompted before performing this operation.
14343 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14344 operation is complete, in the form:
14345 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14346 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14347 confirmation message, in the form:
14348 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14349 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14350 macro for exactly what it does.
14352 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14354 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14355 Define a filter named NAME.
14356 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14357 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14358 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14360 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14361 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14362 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14363 bound to the current value of the filter.
14365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14367 ;;;***
14369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21105 26139 752484
14370 ;;;;;; 0))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14373 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14374 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14375 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14376 buffers which are visiting a file.
14378 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14380 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14381 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14382 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14383 buffers which are visiting a file.
14385 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14387 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14388 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14389 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14391 All arguments are optional.
14392 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14393 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14394 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14395 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14396 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14397 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14398 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14399 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14400 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14401 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14402 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14403 that value locally in this buffer.
14405 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14407 ;;;***
14409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21077
14410 ;;;;;; 65494 651556 676000))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14412 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14414 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14415 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14416 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14417 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14419 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14421 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14422 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14423 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14424 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14425 ICAL-FILENAME.
14426 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14427 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14428 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14430 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14432 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14433 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14434 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14435 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14436 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14437 non-marking or not.
14439 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14441 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14442 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14444 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14445 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14446 DIARY-FILE.
14448 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14449 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14450 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14452 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14453 non-marking.
14455 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14456 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14457 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14459 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14461 ;;;***
14463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21091 44456 774347
14464 ;;;;;; 0))
14465 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14467 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14468 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14469 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14472 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14474 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14476 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14477 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14478 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14479 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14480 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14484 ;;;***
14486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14487 ;;;;;; 0))
14488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14490 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14491 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14492 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14493 Tab indents for Icon code.
14494 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14495 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14496 \\{icon-mode-map}
14497 Variables controlling indentation style:
14498 icon-tab-always-indent
14499 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14500 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14501 icon-auto-newline
14502 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14503 inserted in Icon code.
14504 icon-indent-level
14505 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14506 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14507 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14508 icon-continued-statement-offset
14509 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14510 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14511 icon-continued-brace-offset
14512 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14513 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14514 icon-brace-offset
14515 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14516 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14517 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14518 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14520 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14521 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14523 \(fn)" t nil)
14525 ;;;***
14527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14528 ;;;;;; 49065 383398 0))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14531 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14532 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14533 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14534 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14536 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14537 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14538 separate frames.
14540 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14541 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14543 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14544 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14545 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14549 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14551 ;;;***
14553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14554 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14556 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14558 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14559 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14561 The main features of this mode are
14563 1. Indentation and Formatting
14564 --------------------------
14565 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14566 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14568 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14569 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14570 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14571 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14573 Comments are indented as follows:
14575 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14576 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14577 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14579 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14581 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14582 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14583 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14584 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14585 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14586 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14588 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14589 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14590 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14591 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14593 2. Routine Info
14594 ------------
14595 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14596 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14597 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14598 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14599 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14600 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14601 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14602 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14603 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14604 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14606 3. Online IDL Help
14607 ---------------
14609 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14610 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14611 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14612 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14614 4. Completion
14615 ----------
14616 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14617 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14618 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14619 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14620 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14621 upper case.
14623 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14624 --------------------------------
14625 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14626 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14628 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14629 \\fu FUNCTION template
14630 \\c CASE statement template
14631 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14632 \\f FOR loop template
14633 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14634 \\w WHILE loop template
14635 \\i IF statement template
14636 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14637 \\b BEGIN
14639 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14640 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14642 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14643 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14644 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14645 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14647 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14648 -------------------------
14649 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14650 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14652 7. Automatic END completion
14653 ------------------------
14654 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14655 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14657 8. Hooks
14658 -----
14659 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14660 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14662 9. Documentation and Customization
14663 -------------------------------
14664 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14665 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14666 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14667 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14668 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14670 10.Keybindings
14671 -----------
14672 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14673 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14674 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14676 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14678 \(fn)" t nil)
14680 ;;;***
14682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21103 35626 321341 0))
14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14685 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14686 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14687 The following values are possible:
14688 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14689 displaying...)
14690 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14691 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14692 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14695 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14697 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14699 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14700 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14701 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14702 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14703 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14704 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14705 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14706 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14707 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14711 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another buffer.
14713 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14714 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14715 in another frame.
14717 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14718 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14719 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14720 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14721 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14723 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14724 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14726 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14728 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14729 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14730 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14731 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14732 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14733 in a separate window.
14734 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14735 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14736 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14737 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14738 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14739 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14740 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14741 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14742 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14746 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14748 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14751 \(fn)" t nil)
14753 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14754 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14755 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14760 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14761 Kill a buffer.
14762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14767 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14768 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14774 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14775 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14781 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14782 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14784 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14786 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14787 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14788 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14789 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14790 visible in another frame.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14793 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14794 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14795 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14796 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14797 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14799 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14800 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14802 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14804 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14805 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14806 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14807 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14808 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14809 in a separate window.
14810 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14811 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14812 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14813 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14814 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14815 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14816 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14817 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14818 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14819 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14820 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14821 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14822 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14823 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14824 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14828 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14829 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14835 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14836 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14842 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14843 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14849 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14850 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14856 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14857 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14863 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14864 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14865 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14868 \(fn)" t nil)
14870 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14871 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14872 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14873 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14877 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14878 Write current buffer to a file.
14879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14880 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14882 \(fn)" t nil)
14884 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14885 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14886 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14887 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14891 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14892 Call `dired' the ido way.
14893 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14894 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896 \(fn)" t nil)
14898 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14899 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14900 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14901 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14902 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14903 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14905 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14907 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14908 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14909 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14910 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14912 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14914 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14915 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14916 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14917 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14919 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14921 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14922 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14923 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14924 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14925 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14926 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14927 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14928 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14929 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14930 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14931 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14932 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14933 with point positioned at the end.
14934 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14935 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14937 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14939 ;;;***
14941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21089 2732 351717 0))
14942 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14944 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14945 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14946 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14947 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14951 ;;;***
14953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14954 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14956 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14958 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14959 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14963 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14967 ;;;***
14969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21107 32686 465643 0))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14972 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14973 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14974 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14975 be determined.
14977 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14979 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14980 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14981 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14982 be determined.
14984 \(fn)" nil nil)
14986 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14987 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14988 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14989 be determined.
14991 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14993 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14994 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14995 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14996 be determined.
14998 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15000 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15001 Determine and return image type.
15002 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15003 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15004 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15005 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15006 use its file extension as image type.
15007 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15009 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15012 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15013 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15015 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15017 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15018 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15019 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15021 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15022 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15023 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15024 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15025 must be available.
15027 \(fn)" nil nil)
15029 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15030 Create an image.
15031 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15032 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15033 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15034 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15035 use its file extension as image type.
15036 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15037 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15038 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15039 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15041 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15043 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15044 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15045 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15047 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15049 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15050 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15051 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15052 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15053 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15054 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15055 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15056 POS may be an integer or marker.
15057 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15058 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15059 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15060 means display it in the right marginal area.
15062 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15064 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15065 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15066 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15067 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15068 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15069 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15070 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15071 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15072 means display it in the right marginal area.
15073 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15074 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15075 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15076 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15077 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15079 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15081 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15082 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15083 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15084 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15085 STRING is a single space.
15086 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15087 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15088 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15089 means display it in the right marginal area.
15090 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15092 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15094 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15095 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15096 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15097 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15099 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15101 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15102 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15104 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15106 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15107 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15108 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15109 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15110 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15111 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15112 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15113 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15114 satisfied.
15116 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15118 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15120 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15122 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15123 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15125 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15126 documentation string.
15128 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15129 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15130 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15131 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15132 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15133 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15134 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15135 define SYMBOL.
15137 Example:
15139 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15140 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15142 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15144 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15146 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15147 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15148 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15149 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15151 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15152 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15153 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15154 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15156 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15158 \(fn)" nil nil)
15160 ;;;***
15162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20971 46377
15163 ;;;;;; 737658 0))
15164 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15165 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15168 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15169 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15170 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15171 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15172 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15177 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15179 Convenience command that:
15181 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15182 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15183 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15185 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15186 image files in dired and type
15187 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15189 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15191 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15192 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15194 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15197 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15198 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15199 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15200 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15201 another one).
15203 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15204 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15205 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15207 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15208 instead of erasing it first.
15210 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15211 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15212 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15213 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15214 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15215 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15217 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15220 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15221 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15222 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15223 displayed.
15225 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15227 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15229 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15231 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15232 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15237 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15238 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15242 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15243 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15247 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15248 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15249 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15250 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15252 \(fn)" t nil)
15254 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15255 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15260 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15265 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15269 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15270 Display current image file.
15271 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15272 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15277 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15279 \(fn)" t nil)
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15282 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15283 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15284 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15285 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15286 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15287 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15291 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15292 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15293 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15294 easy-to-use form.
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15298 ;;;***
15300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15301 ;;;;;; 0))
15302 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15304 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15305 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15306 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15307 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15309 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15310 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15311 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15312 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15314 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15316 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15317 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15318 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15319 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15321 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15322 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15323 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15324 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15326 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15328 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15329 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15331 \(fn)" nil nil)
15333 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15334 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15335 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15336 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15338 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15340 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15341 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15342 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15345 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15347 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15349 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15350 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15355 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15356 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15357 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15361 ;;;***
15363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21005 64551 555603
15364 ;;;;;; 0))
15365 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15367 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15368 Major mode for image files.
15369 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15370 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15372 Key bindings:
15373 \\{image-mode-map}
15375 \(fn)" t nil)
15377 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15378 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15380 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15381 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15383 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15384 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15385 actual image.
15387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15389 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15390 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15391 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15392 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15393 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15394 to display an image file as the actual image.
15396 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15397 to display an image file as text initially.
15399 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15400 on these modes.
15402 \(fn)" t nil)
15404 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15407 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15409 ;;;***
15411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
15412 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15414 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15415 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15417 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15419 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15420 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15421 in the buffer.
15423 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15425 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15426 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15427 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15429 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15431 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15432 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15433 Each element of this list should have the form
15435 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15437 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15438 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15439 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15440 matches are put).
15441 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15442 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15443 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15444 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15445 another element.
15446 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15447 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15448 the menu item.
15449 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15450 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15451 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15452 the ARGUMENTS.
15454 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15455 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15456 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15458 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15459 create a buffer index.
15461 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15462 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15463 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15464 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15465 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15467 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15469 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15470 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15472 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15473 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15474 called within a `save-excursion'.
15476 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15478 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15480 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15481 Function for finding the next index position.
15483 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15484 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15485 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15486 file.
15488 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15489 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15493 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15494 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15496 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15497 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15498 It should return the name for that index item.")
15500 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15502 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15503 Function to compare string with index item.
15505 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15506 non-nil if they match.
15508 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15509 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15510 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15511 arguments match\".")
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15515 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15516 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15517 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15520 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15522 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15524 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15526 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15527 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15528 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15529 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15531 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15533 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15534 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15536 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15538 \(fn)" t nil)
15540 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15541 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15542 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15543 for more information.
15545 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15547 ;;;***
15549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15550 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15553 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15554 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15558 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15561 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15563 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15566 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15568 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15571 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15573 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15574 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15576 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15578 ;;;***
15580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21098 17703
15581 ;;;;;; 588969 0))
15582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15584 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15585 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15586 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15587 to that buffer.
15588 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15589 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15590 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15591 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15593 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15595 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15597 ;;;***
15599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
15600 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15602 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15603 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15604 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15605 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15606 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15607 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15608 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15609 first in this list.
15611 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15612 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15613 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15614 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15615 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15617 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15618 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15619 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15621 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15622 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15624 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15625 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15627 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15628 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15629 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15630 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15631 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15632 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15633 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15634 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15635 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15636 with the top-level Info directory.
15638 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15639 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15641 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15642 \"*info*<%s>\".
15644 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15645 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15646 in all the directories in that path.
15648 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15650 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15652 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15653 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15657 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15658 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15660 \(fn)" t nil)
15662 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15663 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15664 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15665 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15667 \(fn)" nil nil)
15669 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15670 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15671 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15672 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15674 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15676 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15677 Go to the Info directory node.
15679 \(fn)" t nil)
15681 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15682 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15683 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15684 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15685 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15686 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15688 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15690 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15691 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15692 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15694 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15696 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15697 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15698 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15699 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15700 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15702 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15704 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15705 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15706 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15707 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15708 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15710 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15711 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15713 Selecting other nodes:
15714 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15715 Follow a node reference you click on.
15716 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15717 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15718 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15719 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15720 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15721 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15722 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15723 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15724 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15725 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15726 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15727 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15728 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15729 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15730 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15731 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15732 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15733 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15734 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15735 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15737 Moving within a node:
15738 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15739 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15740 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15741 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15742 move up to the parent node.
15743 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15744 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15745 if there is none.
15746 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15748 Advanced commands:
15749 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15750 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15751 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15752 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15753 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15754 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15755 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15756 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15757 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15758 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15759 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15760 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15761 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15762 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15763 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15764 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15766 \(fn)" t nil)
15767 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15769 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15770 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15771 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15772 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15773 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15774 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15776 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15777 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15779 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15780 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15781 KEY is a string.
15782 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15783 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15784 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15785 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15787 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15789 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15790 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15791 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15793 \(fn)" t nil)
15795 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15796 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15797 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15799 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15801 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15802 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15803 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15804 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15806 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15808 ;;;***
15810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15811 ;;;;;; 0))
15812 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15814 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15815 Throw away all cached data.
15816 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15817 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15818 system.
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15821 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15823 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15824 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15825 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15826 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15827 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15828 one found at point.
15830 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15832 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15833 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15835 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15836 Display the documentation of a file.
15837 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15838 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15839 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15840 The default file name is the one found at point.
15842 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15844 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15846 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15847 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15849 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15851 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15852 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15854 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15856 ;;;***
15858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20947 64044 876888
15859 ;;;;;; 0))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15861 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15863 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15864 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15865 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15866 current info file is the default.
15868 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15869 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15870 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15871 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15872 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15874 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15875 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15876 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15877 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15878 mistake in the reference.
15880 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15881 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15882 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15884 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15885 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15886 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15887 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15889 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15891 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15892 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15893 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15894 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15895 checked.
15897 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15898 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15899 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15900 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15901 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15902 should be harmless.
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15906 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15907 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15908 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15909 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15911 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15912 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15913 and can take a long time.
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15917 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15918 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15919 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15921 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15923 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15924 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15926 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15927 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15928 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15929 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15930 all builtins).
15932 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15933 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15934 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15935 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15936 the sources handy.
15938 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15940 ;;;***
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15943 ;;;;;; 0))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15946 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15947 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15949 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15951 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15952 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15954 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15956 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15957 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15958 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15959 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15961 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15962 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15963 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15965 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15966 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15967 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15968 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15970 \(fn)" t nil)
15972 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15973 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15974 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15976 \(fn)" t nil)
15978 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15979 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15980 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15981 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15982 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15984 \(fn)" nil nil)
15986 ;;;***
15988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15989 ;;;;;; 425822 0))
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15991 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15993 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15994 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15995 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15997 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15999 ;;;***
16001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
16002 ;;;;;; 60838 997229 0))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16005 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16006 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16008 \(fn)" t nil)
16010 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16011 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16015 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16018 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16020 ;;;***
16022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709 26818 907104
16023 ;;;;;; 0))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16025 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16027 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16028 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16029 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16030 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16031 accessed via isearchb.
16033 \(fn)" t nil)
16035 ;;;***
16037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
16038 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
16039 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16041 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16043 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16044 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16045 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16047 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16049 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16050 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16051 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16052 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16053 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16055 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16057 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16058 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16059 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16060 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16061 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16063 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16065 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16066 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16067 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16068 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16069 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16071 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16073 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16074 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16075 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16076 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16077 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16079 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16081 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16082 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16083 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16084 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16085 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16087 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16089 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16090 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16091 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16092 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16093 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16095 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16097 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16098 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16099 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16100 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16102 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16104 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16105 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16106 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16107 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16109 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16111 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16112 Warn that format is read-only.
16114 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16116 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16117 Warn that format is write-only.
16119 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16121 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16122 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16124 \(fn)" t nil)
16126 ;;;***
16128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16129 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
16130 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16131 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16132 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16134 ;;;***
16136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21062 44200
16137 ;;;;;; 584479 0))
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16140 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16142 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16143 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16144 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16145 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16146 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16148 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16150 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16152 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16153 Key map for ispell menu.")
16155 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16156 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16157 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16158 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16160 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16162 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16164 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16166 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16168 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16169 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16170 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16171 Valid forms include:
16172 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16173 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16174 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16175 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16177 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16178 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16179 First list is used raw.
16180 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16182 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16183 for skipping in latex mode.")
16185 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16186 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16187 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16188 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16189 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16190 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16191 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16193 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16194 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16195 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16196 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16198 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16199 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16200 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16201 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16202 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16204 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16205 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16207 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16208 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16210 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16211 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16213 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16214 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16216 Return values:
16217 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16218 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16219 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16220 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16221 quit spell session exited.
16223 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16225 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16226 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16227 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16229 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16232 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16234 Selections are:
16236 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16237 SPC: Accept word this time.
16238 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16239 `a': Accept word for this session.
16240 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16241 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16242 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16243 `?': Show these commands.
16244 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16245 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16246 the aborted check to be completed later.
16247 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16248 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16249 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16250 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16251 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16252 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16253 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16255 \(fn)" nil nil)
16257 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16258 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16259 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16260 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16262 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16264 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16265 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16266 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16267 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16269 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16271 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16273 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16274 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16275 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16276 amount for last line processed.
16278 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16280 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16281 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16283 \(fn)" t nil)
16285 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16286 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16288 \(fn)" t nil)
16290 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16291 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16292 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16294 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16296 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16297 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16299 \(fn)" t nil)
16301 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16302 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16303 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16304 sequence inside of a word.
16306 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16308 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16310 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16311 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16313 \(fn)" t nil)
16315 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16316 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16317 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16318 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16320 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16321 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16322 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16323 available on the net.
16325 \(fn)" t nil)
16327 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16328 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16333 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16334 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16335 spelled.
16337 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16338 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16339 SPC.
16341 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16342 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16346 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16347 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16348 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16349 Don't check included messages.
16351 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16352 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16353 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16355 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16356 in your init file:
16357 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16358 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16359 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16360 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16362 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16363 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16364 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16366 \(fn)" t nil)
16368 ;;;***
16370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824 3367 300658
16371 ;;;;;; 0))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16374 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16375 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16376 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16379 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16381 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16383 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16384 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16386 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16387 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16389 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16390 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16394 ;;;***
16396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16397 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16400 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16403 \(fn)" nil nil)
16405 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16406 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16407 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16408 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16409 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16410 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16411 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16412 necessary to represent OBJ.
16414 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16416 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16417 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16418 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16419 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16421 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16423 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16424 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16425 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16426 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16427 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16429 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16431 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16432 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16433 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16434 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16436 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16438 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16439 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16440 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16441 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16443 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16445 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16446 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16450 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16451 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16452 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16453 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16454 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16456 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16458 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16459 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16460 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16461 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16462 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16464 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16466 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16467 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16468 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16470 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16472 ;;;***
16474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20998 4934 952905
16475 ;;;;;; 0))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16478 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16479 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16480 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16481 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16483 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16486 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16488 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16489 Uninstall jka-compr.
16490 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16491 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16492 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16494 \(fn)" nil nil)
16496 ;;;***
16498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16500 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16502 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16503 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16505 \(fn)" t nil)
16506 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16508 ;;;***
16510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
16511 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16512 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16514 ;;;***
16516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16517 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16520 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16521 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16522 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16523 decimal key must be specified.")
16525 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16527 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16528 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16529 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16530 decimal key must be specified.")
16532 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16534 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16535 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16536 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16537 decimal key must be specified.")
16539 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16541 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16542 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16543 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16544 decimal key must be specified.")
16546 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16548 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16549 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16550 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16551 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16552 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16553 keys are bound.
16555 Setup Binding
16556 -------------------------------------------------------------
16557 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16558 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16559 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16560 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16561 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16562 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16563 in the global and local keymaps.
16565 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16566 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16568 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16570 ;;;***
16572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16573 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16576 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16577 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16578 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16580 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16581 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16582 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16583 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16584 shorter.
16586 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16587 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16588 the context of text formatting.
16590 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16592 ;;;***
16594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20998 4934 952905
16595 ;;;;;; 0))
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16598 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16599 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16600 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16601 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16602 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16603 positions that contains the current selection.")
16605 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16606 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16607 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16608 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16609 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16610 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16611 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16615 ;;;***
16617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16619 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16620 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16621 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16622 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16623 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16624 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16625 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16627 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16628 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16630 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16632 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16633 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16634 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16635 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16636 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16638 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16640 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16641 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16642 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16644 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16645 defining the macro.
16647 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16648 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16649 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16651 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16652 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16656 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16657 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16658 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16659 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16660 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16661 under that name.
16663 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16664 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16665 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16669 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16670 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16671 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16672 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16674 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16675 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16676 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16677 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16679 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16680 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16682 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16684 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16685 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16686 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16688 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16689 macro.
16691 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16692 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16694 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16695 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16696 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16698 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16699 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16703 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16704 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16705 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16706 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16708 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16710 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16711 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16712 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16713 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16715 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16716 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16718 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16720 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16721 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16722 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16724 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16726 ;;;***
16728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16729 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16732 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16733 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16734 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16736 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16739 \(fn)" nil nil)
16741 ;;;***
16743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21040 47148
16744 ;;;;;; 604043 521000))
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16747 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16749 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16750 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16752 \(fn)" t nil)
16754 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16755 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16756 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16757 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16759 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16760 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16761 none / 1 | yes | no
16762 2 | yes | yes
16763 3 | no | yes
16764 4 | no | no
16766 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16767 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16768 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16770 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16772 ;;;***
16774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16775 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16778 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16781 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16783 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16784 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16785 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16786 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16787 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16788 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16790 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16791 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16793 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16795 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16796 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16798 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16800 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16803 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16805 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16808 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16810 ;;;***
16812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16813 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16814 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16816 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16817 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16818 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16819 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16821 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16823 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16824 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16825 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16827 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16829 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16830 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16831 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16833 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16835 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16836 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16837 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16838 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16840 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16842 ;;;***
16844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16845 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16848 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16849 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16850 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16851 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16852 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16853 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16854 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16855 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16857 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16858 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16861 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16863 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16865 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16866 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16867 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16868 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16869 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16870 `latin1-display-setup'.
16872 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16874 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16875 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16876 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16877 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16880 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16882 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16884 ;;;***
16886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16887 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
16888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16890 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16891 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16893 \(fn)" t nil)
16895 ;;;***
16897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21048 47760 436258 0))
16898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16900 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16901 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16902 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16903 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16904 generations (this defaults to 1).
16906 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16908 ;;;***
16910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21100 59431 520894 0))
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16912 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16914 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16915 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16916 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16917 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16918 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16920 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16924 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16925 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16926 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16929 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16931 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16933 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16934 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16935 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16936 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16937 ARG is omitted or nil.
16939 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16940 `linum-on' would do it.
16941 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16945 ;;;***
16947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709 26818 907104
16948 ;;;;;; 0))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16951 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16952 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16953 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16954 is nil, raise an error.
16956 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16957 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16958 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16959 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16960 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16961 defined by the library.
16963 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16964 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16965 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16966 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16967 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16968 proceeds.
16970 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16971 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16972 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16973 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16975 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16977 ;;;***
16979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
16980 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16982 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16983 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16984 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16986 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16988 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16989 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16990 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16991 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16993 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16994 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16995 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16996 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16997 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16998 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16999 the version.)
17001 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17002 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17004 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17005 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17007 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17008 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17010 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17012 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17013 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17014 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17015 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17016 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17017 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17018 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17019 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17020 to constrain a big search.
17022 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17024 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17025 except that FILTER is not optional.
17027 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17029 ;;;***
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977 14204
17032 ;;;;;; 0))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17035 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17036 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17037 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17038 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17039 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17040 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17041 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17042 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17043 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17044 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17046 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17047 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17048 associated values:
17049 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17050 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17051 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17052 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17053 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17055 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17056 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17057 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17059 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17061 ;;;***
17063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20986 13739 89657
17064 ;;;;;; 0))
17065 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17067 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17068 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17070 \(fn)" t nil)
17072 ;;;***
17074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17077 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17078 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17080 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17081 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17083 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17084 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17085 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17087 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17088 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17090 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17091 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17092 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17093 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17094 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17095 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17096 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17098 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17100 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17101 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17102 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17103 switch on this list.
17104 See `lpr-command'.")
17106 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17108 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17109 Name of program for printing a file.
17111 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17112 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17113 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17114 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17115 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17116 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17117 argument.")
17119 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17121 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17122 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17123 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17124 for customization of the printer command.
17126 \(fn)" t nil)
17128 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17129 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17131 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17132 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17133 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17134 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17136 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17137 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17139 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17140 for further customization of the printer command.
17142 \(fn)" t nil)
17144 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17145 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17146 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17147 for customization of the printer command.
17149 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17151 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17152 Paginate and print the region contents.
17154 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17155 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17156 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17157 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17159 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17160 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17162 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17163 for further customization of the printer command.
17165 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17167 ;;;***
17169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21048 11307 937592
17170 ;;;;;; 0))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17173 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17174 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17175 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17177 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17179 ;;;***
17181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
17182 ;;;;;; 0))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17185 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17186 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17187 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17188 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17192 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17194 ;;;***
17196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
17197 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17200 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17201 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17203 \(fn)" t nil)
17205 ;;;***
17207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17210 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17211 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17212 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17213 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17214 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17216 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17218 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17219 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17220 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17221 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17223 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17224 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17225 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17226 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17227 bindings.
17229 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17230 use this command, and then save the file.
17232 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17234 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17235 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17236 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17237 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17238 each time the macro executes.
17239 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17240 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17241 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17242 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17243 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17244 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17245 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17247 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17249 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17250 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17251 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17252 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17254 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17255 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17256 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17257 execute.
17259 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17260 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17262 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17263 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17264 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17265 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17266 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17268 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17269 looked like this:
17271 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17272 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17273 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17275 You could enter the names in this format:
17281 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17283 \\C-x (
17284 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17285 \\C-x )
17287 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17288 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17290 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17291 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17293 ;;;***
17295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17296 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17299 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17300 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17301 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17302 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17303 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17304 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17306 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17307 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17308 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17309 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17310 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17312 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17313 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17314 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17315 consing a string.)
17317 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17319 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17320 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17322 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17324 ;;;***
17326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17327 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17330 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17331 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17333 \(fn)" nil nil)
17335 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17338 \(fn)" nil nil)
17340 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17341 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17343 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17345 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17346 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17347 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17348 message.
17350 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17352 \(fn)" nil nil)
17354 ;;;***
17356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17357 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17360 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17361 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17362 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17363 often correct parser.")
17365 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17367 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17368 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17369 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17370 a value which excludes your own email address.
17372 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17373 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17375 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17377 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17378 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17380 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17382 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17383 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17384 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17385 we return it unconverted.
17387 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17388 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17390 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17392 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17393 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17394 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17395 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17397 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17399 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17400 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17401 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17402 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17404 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17406 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17407 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17408 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17409 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17410 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17411 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17412 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17413 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17414 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17415 as Rmail does.
17417 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17419 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17420 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17421 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17422 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17423 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17424 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17425 matches may be returned from the message body.
17427 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17429 ;;;***
17431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17432 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
17433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17435 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17436 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17437 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17440 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17442 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17444 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17445 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17446 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17447 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17448 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17450 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17451 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17452 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17453 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17457 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17458 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17460 \(fn)" nil nil)
17462 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17463 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17464 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17466 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17468 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17469 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17470 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17472 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17473 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17474 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17475 double-quotes.
17477 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17479 ;;;***
17481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20970 25513
17482 ;;;;;; 362767 0))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17485 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17486 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17487 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17488 king@grassland.com
17489 If `parens', they look like:
17490 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17491 If `angles', they look like:
17492 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17494 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17496 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17497 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17498 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17499 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17500 their `Resent-' variants.
17502 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17503 removed from alias expansions.
17505 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17507 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17508 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17509 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17511 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17512 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17513 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17514 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17516 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17518 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17519 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17520 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17522 \(fn)" nil nil)
17524 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17525 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17526 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17527 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17531 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17533 ;;;***
17535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17536 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17539 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17540 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17541 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17542 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17544 \(fn)" nil nil)
17546 ;;;***
17548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20924
17549 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17552 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17553 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17555 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17556 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17557 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17558 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17559 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17560 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17562 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17563 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17564 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17565 dependency, despite the colon.
17567 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17569 In the browser, use the following keys:
17571 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17573 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17575 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17576 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17578 `makefile-target-colon':
17579 The string that gets appended to all target names
17580 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17581 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17583 `makefile-macro-assign':
17584 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17585 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17586 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17587 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17588 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17589 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17591 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17592 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17593 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17595 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17596 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17598 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17599 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17600 up or down in the browser.
17602 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17603 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17605 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17606 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17608 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17609 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17610 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17611 has been selected in the browser.
17613 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17614 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17615 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17616 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17617 filenames are omitted.
17619 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17620 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17621 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17622 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17623 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17624 the backslash itself intact.
17625 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17626 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17628 `makefile-browser-hook':
17629 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17630 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17632 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17633 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17634 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17635 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17639 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17640 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17642 \(fn)" t nil)
17644 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17645 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17647 \(fn)" t nil)
17649 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17650 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17652 \(fn)" t nil)
17654 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17655 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17657 \(fn)" t nil)
17659 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17660 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17662 \(fn)" t nil)
17664 ;;;***
17666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17667 ;;;;;; 0))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17670 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17671 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17672 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17674 \(fn)" t nil)
17676 ;;;***
17678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21100 59431 520894 0))
17679 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17681 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17683 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17684 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17685 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17686 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17687 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17688 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17689 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17690 page, it will display immediately.
17692 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17693 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17694 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17696 cat(1)
17697 1 cat
17699 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17700 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17701 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17702 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17704 -a chmod
17706 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17707 otherwise look like a page name.
17709 /my/file/name.1.gz
17710 -l somefile.1
17712 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17713 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17714 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17716 -k pattern
17718 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17721 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17723 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17725 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17726 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17728 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17730 ;;;***
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17734 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17736 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17737 Toggle Master mode.
17738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17742 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17743 using the following commands:
17745 \\{master-mode-map}
17747 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17748 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17749 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17753 ;;;***
17755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17756 ;;;;;; 0))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17759 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17760 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17761 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17764 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17766 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17768 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17769 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17771 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17772 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17774 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17775 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17776 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17777 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17781 ;;;***
17783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17785 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17787 ;;;***
17789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21048 11307 937592
17790 ;;;;;; 0))
17791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17793 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17795 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17796 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17797 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17798 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17799 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17800 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17801 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17802 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17803 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17804 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17805 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17806 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17807 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17808 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17809 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17810 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17811 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17812 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17813 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17814 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17815 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17816 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17817 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17818 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17819 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17820 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17821 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17822 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17823 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17824 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17825 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17826 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17827 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17828 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17829 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17830 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17831 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17832 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17837 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17838 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17839 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17840 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17842 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17845 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17847 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17849 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17850 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17852 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17854 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17855 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17857 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17859 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17860 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17861 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17863 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17865 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17866 Cancel an article you posted.
17867 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17871 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17872 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17873 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17874 header line with the old Message-ID.
17876 \(fn)" t nil)
17878 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17879 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17881 \(fn)" t nil)
17883 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17884 Forward the current message via mail.
17885 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17886 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17888 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17890 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17893 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17895 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17898 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17900 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17901 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17903 \(fn)" t nil)
17905 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17906 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17908 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17910 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17911 Re-mail the current message.
17912 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17913 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17914 you.
17916 \(fn)" t nil)
17918 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17919 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17921 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17923 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17924 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17926 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17928 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17929 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17931 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17933 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17934 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17936 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17938 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17939 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17940 Works by overstriking characters.
17941 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17942 which specify the range to operate on.
17944 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17946 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17947 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17948 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17949 which specify the range to operate on.
17951 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17953 ;;;***
17955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17956 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17958 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17960 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17961 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17963 \(fn)" t nil)
17965 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17966 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17970 ;;;***
17972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17973 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17976 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17977 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17978 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17980 \(fn)" t nil)
17982 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17983 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17984 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17985 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17986 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17987 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17988 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17990 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17992 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17993 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17994 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17995 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17996 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17997 means current).
17998 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17999 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18001 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18003 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18004 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18005 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18006 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18007 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18008 means current).
18009 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18010 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18012 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18014 ;;;***
18016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
18017 ;;;;;; 852000))
18018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18020 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18021 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18022 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18024 \(fn)" t nil)
18026 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18027 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18028 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18032 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18033 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18035 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18036 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18037 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18039 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18040 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18042 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18043 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18045 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18047 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18049 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18050 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18051 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18052 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18053 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18054 as `compose-mail'.
18056 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18057 initial Subject field, respectively.
18059 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18060 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18061 are strings.
18063 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18064 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18066 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18068 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18069 Save draft and send message.
18071 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18072 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18073 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18074 Mail Delivery*\".
18076 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18077 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18078 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18080 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18081 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18082 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18083 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18084 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18085 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18087 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18088 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18090 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18091 message and scan line.
18093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18095 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18096 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18098 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18099 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18100 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18101 delete the draft message.
18103 \(fn)" t nil)
18105 ;;;***
18107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20987 34598 970563 0))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18109 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18111 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18113 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18115 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18117 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18118 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18120 \(fn)" t nil)
18122 ;;;***
18124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
18125 ;;;;;; 976036 0))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18128 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18129 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18130 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18132 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18133 the MH mail system.
18135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18137 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18138 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18139 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18141 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18142 the MH mail system.
18144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18146 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18147 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18149 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18150 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18151 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18152 separate command.
18154 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18155 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18156 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18157 format.
18159 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18161 Ranges
18162 ======
18163 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18164 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18165 can be used in several ways.
18167 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18168 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18169 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18170 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18171 page):
18173 <num1>-<num2>
18174 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18175 The range must be nonempty.
18177 <num>:N
18178 <num>:+N
18179 <num>:-N
18180 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18181 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18182 last.
18184 first:N
18185 prev:N
18186 next:N
18187 last:N
18188 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18191 All of the messages.
18193 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18194 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18196 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18197 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18198 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18200 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18202 \(fn)" t nil)
18204 ;;;***
18206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21058 47149 742317
18207 ;;;;;; 0))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18210 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18211 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18212 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18213 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18214 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18215 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18216 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18217 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18218 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18219 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18220 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18222 \(fn)" t nil)
18224 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18225 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18226 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18227 to its second argument TM.
18229 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18231 ;;;***
18233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
18234 ;;;;;; 584283 0))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18237 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18238 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18239 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18242 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18244 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18246 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18247 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18249 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18250 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18252 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18253 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18254 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18255 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18256 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18257 is modified to remove the default indication.
18259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18261 ;;;***
18263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18266 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18267 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18268 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18269 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18270 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18271 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18272 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18273 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18274 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18276 \(fn)" t nil)
18278 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18279 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18280 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18281 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18282 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18283 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18284 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18285 The return value is always nil.
18287 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18289 ;;;***
18291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204
18292 ;;;;;; 0))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18294 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18296 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18297 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18299 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18300 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18301 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18302 next occurrence.
18304 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18305 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18306 end of the search space).
18308 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18309 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18310 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18311 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18312 should return the previous buffer to search.
18314 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18315 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18316 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18318 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18319 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18320 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18321 Isearch starts.")
18323 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18324 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18325 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18327 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18328 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18329 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18331 \(fn)" nil nil)
18333 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18334 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18335 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18336 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18337 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18338 whose names match the specified regexp.
18340 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18342 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18343 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18344 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18345 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18346 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18347 whose names match the specified regexp.
18349 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18351 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18352 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18353 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18354 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18355 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18356 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18357 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18359 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18361 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18362 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18363 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18364 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18365 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18366 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18367 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18369 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18371 ;;;***
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21002
18374 ;;;;;; 1963 769129 0))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18376 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18378 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18379 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18383 ;;;***
18385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18386 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18389 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18390 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18392 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18397 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18400 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18401 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18403 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18406 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18407 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18408 the entire message.
18409 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18411 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18413 ;;;***
18415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18416 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18419 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18420 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18421 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18422 the entire message.
18423 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18425 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18427 ;;;***
18429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18430 ;;;;;; 0))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18433 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18434 Insert file contents of URL.
18435 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18437 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18440 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18442 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18444 ;;;***
18446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18447 ;;;;;; 0))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18450 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18451 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18452 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18453 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18454 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18456 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18458 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18459 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18460 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18462 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18464 ;;;***
18466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18469 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18470 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18472 \(fn)" nil nil)
18474 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18475 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18476 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18477 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18478 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18480 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18481 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18482 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18483 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18484 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18485 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18487 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18489 ;;;***
18491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18492 ;;;;;; 0))
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18495 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18498 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18500 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18503 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18505 ;;;***
18507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21042 58928 39127
18508 ;;;;;; 0))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18511 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18514 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18516 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18519 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18521 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18524 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18526 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18529 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18531 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18534 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18536 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18539 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18541 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18544 \(fn)" nil nil)
18546 ;;;***
18548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18549 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18550 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18552 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18554 ;;;***
18556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18557 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18560 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18562 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18563 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18564 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18565 followed by the first character of the construct.
18566 \\<m2-mode-map>
18567 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18568 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18569 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18570 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18571 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18572 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18573 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18574 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18575 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18576 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18577 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18578 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18579 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18580 \\[m2-link] link
18582 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18583 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18584 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18588 ;;;***
18590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18591 ;;;;;; 0))
18592 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18594 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18595 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18599 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18600 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18602 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18604 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18605 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18607 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18609 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18610 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18612 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18614 ;;;***
18616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20992 52525 458637
18617 ;;;;;; 0))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18620 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18621 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18623 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18624 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18625 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18627 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18628 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18629 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18631 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18632 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18634 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18635 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18636 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18637 hemisphere you're in.)
18639 To test this function, evaluate:
18640 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18642 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18644 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18645 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18647 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18648 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18650 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18651 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18652 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18654 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18655 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18657 To test this function, evaluate:
18658 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18660 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18662 ;;;***
18664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21075 56234 349623 0))
18665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18667 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18668 Main entry point for MPC.
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18672 ;;;***
18674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
18675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18677 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18678 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18680 \(fn)" t nil)
18682 ;;;***
18684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
18685 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18687 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18688 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18689 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18692 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18694 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18696 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18697 Toggle Msb mode.
18698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18699 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18700 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18702 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18703 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18707 ;;;***
18709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18710 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
18711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18713 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18714 Display a list of all character sets.
18716 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18717 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18718 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18719 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18720 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18722 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18723 but still shows the full information.
18725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18727 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18728 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18729 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18731 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18732 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18733 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18734 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18735 meanings of these arguments.
18737 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18739 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18740 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18742 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18747 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18749 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18752 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18754 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18755 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18757 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18758 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18759 in place of `..':
18760 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18761 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18762 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18763 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18764 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18765 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18766 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18767 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18768 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18769 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18770 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18771 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18772 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18773 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18774 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18775 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18777 \(fn)" t nil)
18779 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18780 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18782 \(fn)" t nil)
18784 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18785 Display a list of all coding systems.
18786 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18788 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18789 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18793 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18794 Display a list of all coding categories.
18796 \(fn)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18799 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18800 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18802 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18804 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18805 Display information about FONTSET.
18806 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18808 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18810 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18811 Display a list of all fontsets.
18812 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18813 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18814 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18818 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18819 Display information about all input methods.
18821 \(fn)" t nil)
18823 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18824 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18826 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18827 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18828 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18829 system which uses fontsets).
18831 \(fn)" t nil)
18833 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18834 Show log of font listing and opening.
18835 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18836 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18838 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18840 ;;;***
18842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20991
18843 ;;;;;; 31656 363459 0))
18844 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18846 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18847 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18849 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18850 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18852 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18853 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18855 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18857 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18858 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18859 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18860 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18861 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18862 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18863 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18865 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18866 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18867 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18868 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18869 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18870 middle of a character in STR.
18872 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18873 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18875 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18876 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18877 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18878 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18879 defaults to \"...\".
18881 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18883 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18884 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18886 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18887 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18888 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18890 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18891 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18892 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18894 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18895 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18896 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18897 are considered.
18898 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18899 longer than KEYSEQ.
18900 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18902 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18904 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18905 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18906 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18907 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18908 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18909 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18910 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18911 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18912 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18913 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18914 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18916 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18918 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18919 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18921 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18923 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18924 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18926 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18928 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18929 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18931 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18933 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18934 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18936 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18938 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18939 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18940 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18941 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18942 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18944 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18945 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18947 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18948 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18949 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18950 coding systems ordered by priority.
18952 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18954 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18956 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18957 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18958 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18959 language environment LANG-ENV.
18961 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18963 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18964 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18965 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18966 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18967 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18968 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18970 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18972 ;;;***
18974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18975 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
18976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18978 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18979 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18981 \(fn)" t nil)
18983 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18984 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18986 \(fn)" t nil)
18988 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18989 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18991 \(fn)" t nil)
18993 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18994 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18998 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18999 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19001 \(fn)" t nil)
19003 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19004 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19006 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19008 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19009 Ping HOST.
19010 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19011 `ping-program-options'.
19013 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19015 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19016 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19018 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19020 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19021 Run nslookup program.
19023 \(fn)" t nil)
19025 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19026 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19028 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19030 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19031 Run dig program.
19033 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19035 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19036 Run ftp program.
19038 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19040 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19041 Finger USER on HOST.
19043 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19045 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19046 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19047 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19048 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19050 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19052 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19055 \(fn)" t nil)
19057 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19058 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19060 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19062 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19063 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19065 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19067 ;;;***
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19070 ;;;;;; 0))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19073 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19074 Return a user name/password pair.
19075 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19076 listed in the PORTS list.
19078 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19080 ;;;***
19082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21074
19083 ;;;;;; 35375 473679 0))
19084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19086 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19087 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19088 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19089 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19090 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19091 closes it.
19093 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19094 make it unique.
19095 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19096 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19097 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19098 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19099 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19100 a port number to connect to.
19102 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19103 values:
19105 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19106 nil or `network'
19107 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19108 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19109 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19110 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19111 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19112 an unencrypted connection.
19113 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19114 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19115 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19116 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19117 returned object is a killed process.
19118 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19119 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19120 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19122 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19123 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19124 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19125 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19126 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19127 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19128 or nil if none could be found.
19129 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19130 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19132 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19134 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19135 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19136 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19138 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19139 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19140 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19142 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19143 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19144 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19146 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19147 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19148 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19149 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19151 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19152 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19154 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19155 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19156 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19157 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19158 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19159 or STARTTLS connections.
19161 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19162 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19164 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19165 a greeting from the server.
19167 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19168 asynchronously, if possible.
19170 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19172 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19174 ;;;***
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
19177 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19180 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19181 Check whether newsticker is running.
19182 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19183 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19185 \(fn)" nil nil)
19187 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19188 Start the newsticker.
19189 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19190 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19191 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19192 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19194 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19196 ;;;***
19198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19199 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19202 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19203 Start newsticker plainview.
19205 \(fn)" t nil)
19207 ;;;***
19209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (20709
19210 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19213 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19214 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19216 \(fn)" t nil)
19218 ;;;***
19220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19221 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19224 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19225 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19226 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19227 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19228 empty.
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19232 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19233 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19234 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19235 running already.
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19239 ;;;***
19241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21040
19242 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19246 Start newsticker treeview.
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19250 ;;;***
19252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19253 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19255 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19257 ;;;***
19259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19260 ;;;;;; 0))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19263 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19264 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19266 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19268 ;;;***
19270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
19271 ;;;;;; 0))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19274 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19275 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19276 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19277 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19278 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19279 symbol in the alist.
19281 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19283 ;;;***
19285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19286 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19289 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19290 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19291 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19293 \(fn)" t nil)
19295 ;;;***
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19298 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19300 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19302 ;;;***
19304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20955 58152 201869 0))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19307 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19308 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19310 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19312 ;;;***
19314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19317 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19319 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19320 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19321 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19323 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19326 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19328 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19329 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19330 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19331 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19332 to future sessions.
19334 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19336 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19337 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19338 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19339 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19340 future sessions.
19342 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19344 ;;;***
19346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19347 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19350 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19351 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19352 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19353 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19354 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19355 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19359 ;;;***
19361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19363 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19365 ;;;***
19367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19368 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19371 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19372 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19373 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19374 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19376 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19378 ;;;***
19380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21075 56234
19381 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19384 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19385 Major mode for editing XML.
19387 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19388 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19389 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19390 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19391 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19392 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19393 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19395 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19397 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19398 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19400 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19401 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19402 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19403 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19404 instead of C-c.
19406 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19407 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19408 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19409 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19410 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19411 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19413 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19414 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19415 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19417 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19418 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19419 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19421 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19422 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19423 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19424 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19425 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19426 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19427 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19428 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19429 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19431 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19433 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19434 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19436 \(fn)" t nil)
19438 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19440 ;;;***
19442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19443 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19446 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19447 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19448 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19449 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19451 \(fn)" t nil)
19453 ;;;***
19455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21098 17703
19456 ;;;;;; 588969 0))
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19459 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19460 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19462 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19463 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19464 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19465 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19467 \(fn)" t nil)
19469 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19470 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19471 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19473 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19475 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19476 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19478 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19479 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19480 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19484 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19486 ;;;***
19488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19489 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19492 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19494 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19495 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19496 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19497 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19498 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19500 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19502 Customization:
19504 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19505 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19506 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19507 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19508 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19509 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19510 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19511 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19512 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19513 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19514 Directories to search when finding external units.
19515 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19516 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19518 Coloring:
19520 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19521 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19523 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19524 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19526 \(fn)" t nil)
19528 ;;;***
19530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19533 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19534 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19536 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19538 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19539 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19540 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19541 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19542 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19544 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19546 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19547 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19549 \(fn)" nil nil)
19551 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19552 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19554 \(fn)" nil nil)
19556 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19557 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19558 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19560 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19561 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19562 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19563 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19564 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19565 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19566 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19567 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19568 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19569 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19571 The following commands are available:
19573 \\{org-mode-map}
19575 \(fn)" t nil)
19577 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19578 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19580 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19581 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19582 in special contexts.
19584 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19585 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19586 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19587 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19588 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19589 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19590 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19591 properties in the buffer.
19592 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19593 including any drawers.
19595 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19597 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19598 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19599 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19600 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19601 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19602 and zoom in further.
19603 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19604 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19606 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19607 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19608 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19609 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19610 times right after creating a new headline.
19612 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19613 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19614 is negative, go up that many levels.
19616 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19617 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19618 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19620 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19621 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19622 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19623 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19627 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19628 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19629 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19630 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19634 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19635 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19636 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19637 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19638 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19639 defined by Org-mode).
19641 M-up Move entry/item up
19642 M-down Move entry/item down
19643 M-left Promote
19644 M-right Demote
19645 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19646 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19647 M-S-left Promote subtree
19648 M-S-right Demote subtree
19649 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19650 C-c ^ Sort entries
19651 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19652 TAB Cycle item visibility
19653 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19654 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19655 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19659 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19660 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19662 \(fn)" nil nil)
19664 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19665 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19667 \(fn)" nil nil)
19669 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19670 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19671 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19672 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19673 call CMD.
19675 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19677 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19678 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19679 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19680 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19682 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19683 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19684 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19686 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19688 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19689 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19690 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19692 \(fn)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19695 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19696 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19697 Org-mode syntax.
19699 \(fn)" t nil)
19701 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19702 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19704 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19706 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19707 Switch between Org buffers.
19708 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19709 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19711 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19712 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19716 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19718 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19720 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19721 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19722 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19723 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19725 \(fn)" t nil)
19727 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19728 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19730 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19732 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19733 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19734 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19736 \(fn)" t nil)
19738 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19739 Reload all org lisp files.
19740 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19742 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19744 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19745 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19747 \(fn)" t nil)
19749 ;;;***
19751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20847 51240
19752 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19755 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19756 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19760 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19761 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19762 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19763 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19765 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19766 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19767 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19768 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19769 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19770 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19771 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19772 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19773 e Export views to associated files.
19774 s Search entries for keywords.
19775 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19776 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19777 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19778 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19779 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19780 > Remove a previous restriction.
19781 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19782 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19783 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19785 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19786 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19787 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19789 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19790 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19791 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19792 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19793 \(if active).
19795 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19797 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19798 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19799 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19800 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19801 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19802 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19803 before running the agenda command.
19805 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19807 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19808 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19809 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19810 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19811 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19812 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19813 before running the agenda command.
19815 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19816 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19818 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19820 category The category of the item
19821 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19822 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19823 todo selected in TODO match
19824 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19825 diary imported from diary
19826 deadline a deadline on given date
19827 scheduled scheduled on given date
19828 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19829 closed entry was closed on given date
19830 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19831 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19832 block entry has date block including g. date
19833 todo The todo keyword, if any
19834 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19835 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19836 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19837 extra Sting with extra planning info
19838 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19839 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19840 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19842 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19844 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19847 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19849 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19850 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19852 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19854 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19855 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19856 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19857 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19859 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19860 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19861 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19863 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19864 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19866 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19868 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19869 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19871 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19872 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19873 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19874 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19875 EDIT-AT.
19877 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19878 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19879 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19880 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19881 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19882 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19884 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19885 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19886 including newlines.
19888 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19889 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19890 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19891 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19892 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19893 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19894 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19896 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19897 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19898 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19899 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19901 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19902 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19903 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19904 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19905 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19906 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19907 Boolean search must match as full words.
19909 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19910 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19912 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19914 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19915 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19916 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19917 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19918 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19919 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19923 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19924 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19925 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19927 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19929 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19930 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19931 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19932 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19933 `org-stuck-projects'.
19935 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19937 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19938 Return diary information from org files.
19939 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19940 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19941 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19942 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19943 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19945 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19947 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19949 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19950 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19952 &%%(org-diary)
19954 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19955 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19956 So the example above may also be written as
19958 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19960 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19961 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19962 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19966 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19967 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19968 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19970 \(fn)" t nil)
19972 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19973 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19974 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19975 appointments.
19977 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19978 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19980 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19981 for filtering entries out.
19983 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19984 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19985 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19987 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19988 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19990 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19991 (category \"Work\"))
19993 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19994 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19996 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19997 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19998 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19999 details and examples.
20001 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20002 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20004 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20006 ;;;***
20008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-beamer" "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818
20009 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20010 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20012 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20013 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20014 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20015 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20016 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20017 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20018 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20019 in org-export-latex-classes.
20021 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20023 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20024 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20028 ;;;***
20030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723 59703
20031 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20034 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20037 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20039 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20040 Capture something.
20041 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20042 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20043 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20044 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20045 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20046 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20048 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20049 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20050 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20051 stored.
20053 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20055 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20056 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20057 will be bypassed.
20059 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20060 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20062 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20064 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20065 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20067 \(fn)" t nil)
20069 ;;;***
20071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20072 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20073 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20075 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20076 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20077 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20079 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20081 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20082 Write the column view table.
20083 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20085 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20086 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20087 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20088 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20089 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20090 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20091 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20092 using `org-id-find'.
20093 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20094 a hline before each level <= that number.
20095 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20096 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20097 :skip-empty-rows
20098 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20099 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20101 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20103 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20104 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20106 \(fn)" t nil)
20108 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20109 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20111 \(fn)" t nil)
20113 ;;;***
20115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (20723 59703
20116 ;;;;;; 12265 0))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20119 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20120 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20122 \(fn)" nil t)
20124 ;;;***
20126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (20783 15545
20127 ;;;;;; 430927 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20130 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20131 The release version of org-mode.
20132 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20134 \(fn)" nil nil)
20136 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20137 The Git version of org-mode.
20138 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20140 \(fn)" nil nil)
20142 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20143 The location of ODT styles.")
20145 ;;;***
20147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
20148 ;;;;;; 0))
20149 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20150 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20151 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20153 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20154 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20155 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20156 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20158 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20159 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20160 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20161 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20163 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20164 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20165 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20166 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20167 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20168 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20170 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20171 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20172 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20174 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20175 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20176 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20177 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20178 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20179 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20180 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20181 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20182 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20183 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20184 The subheadings remain visible.
20185 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20187 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20188 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20189 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20191 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20192 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20194 \(fn)" t nil)
20196 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20197 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20198 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20199 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20200 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20202 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20205 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20207 ;;;***
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21104 56491
20210 ;;;;;; 538513 0))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20212 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20214 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20215 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20216 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20217 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20218 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20220 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20221 activate the package system at any time.")
20223 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20225 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20226 Install the package PKG.
20227 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20228 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20230 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20232 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20233 Install a package from the current buffer.
20234 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20235 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20236 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20238 \(fn)" t nil)
20240 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20241 Install a package from a file.
20242 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20244 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20246 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20247 Import keys from FILE.
20249 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20251 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20252 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20253 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20254 makes them available for download.
20256 \(fn)" t nil)
20258 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20259 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20260 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20261 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20263 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20265 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20266 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20268 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20270 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20271 Display a list of packages.
20272 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20273 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20274 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20276 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20278 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20280 ;;;***
20282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815 695483 0))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20285 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20286 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20287 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20290 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20292 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20294 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20295 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20300 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20301 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20302 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20306 ;;;***
20308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20309 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20311 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20313 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20314 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20315 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20316 unknown are returned as nil.
20318 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20320 ;;;***
20322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20323 ;;;;;; 549931 0))
20324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20326 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20327 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20328 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20330 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20331 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20333 Other useful functions are:
20335 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20336 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20337 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20338 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20339 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20340 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20341 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20342 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20343 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20345 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20347 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20348 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20349 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20350 Indentation for case statements.
20351 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20352 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20353 mark after an end.
20354 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20355 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20356 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20357 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20358 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20359 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20360 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20361 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20362 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20363 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20365 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20366 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20368 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20369 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20371 \(fn)" t nil)
20373 ;;;***
20375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20376 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20379 (defvar password-cache t "\
20380 Whether to cache passwords.")
20382 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20384 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20385 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20386 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20388 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20390 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20391 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20393 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20395 ;;;***
20397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20991 31656
20398 ;;;;;; 363459 0))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20401 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20402 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20403 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20405 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20406 _ matches anything.
20407 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20408 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20409 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20410 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20411 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20412 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20413 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20414 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20415 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20416 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20418 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20419 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20420 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20421 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20422 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20423 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20425 PRED can take the form
20426 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20427 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20428 which is the value being matched.
20429 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20430 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20431 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20432 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20433 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20435 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20437 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20439 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20440 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20441 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20442 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20444 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20446 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20448 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20449 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20450 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20451 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20453 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20455 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20457 ;;;***
20459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20460 ;;;;;; 0))
20461 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20464 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20468 ;;;***
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20471 ;;;;;; 0))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20475 Completion for `gzip'.
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20480 Completion for `bzip2'.
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20485 Completion for GNU `make'.
20487 \(fn)" nil nil)
20489 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20490 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20492 \(fn)" nil nil)
20494 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20496 ;;;***
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20499 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20503 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20507 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20508 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20510 \(fn)" nil nil)
20512 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20513 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20515 \(fn)" nil nil)
20517 ;;;***
20519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20520 ;;;;;; 0))
20521 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20524 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528 ;;;***
20530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20531 ;;;;;; 0))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20535 Completion for `cd'.
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20542 Completion for `rmdir'.
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20547 Completion for `rm'.
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20552 Completion for `xargs'.
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20556 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20559 Completion for `which'.
20561 \(fn)" nil nil)
20563 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20564 Completion for the `chown' command.
20566 \(fn)" nil nil)
20568 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20569 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20571 \(fn)" nil nil)
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20574 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20576 \(fn)" nil nil)
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20579 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20580 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20582 \(fn)" nil nil)
20584 ;;;***
20586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (20837 15398 184639
20587 ;;;;;; 0))
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20591 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20593 \(fn)" nil nil)
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20596 Completion for the `ack' command.
20597 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20598 long options.
20600 \(fn)" nil nil)
20602 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20604 ;;;***
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20607 ;;;;;; 0))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20611 Support extensible programmable completion.
20612 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20613 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20615 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20618 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20622 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20623 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20624 This will modify the current buffer.
20626 \(fn)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20629 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20634 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20635 This will modify the current buffer.
20637 \(fn)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20640 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20642 \(fn)" t nil)
20644 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20645 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20647 \(fn)" t nil)
20649 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20650 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20651 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20652 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20653 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20655 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20657 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20658 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20660 \(fn)" nil nil)
20662 ;;;***
20664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
20665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20667 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20668 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20669 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20670 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20672 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20674 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20676 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20677 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20678 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20679 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20680 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20681 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20682 FLAGS is ignored.
20684 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20686 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20687 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20688 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20689 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20690 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20691 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20692 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20693 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20695 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20697 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20698 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20699 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20700 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20701 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20702 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20703 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20704 passed to cvs.
20706 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20708 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20709 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20710 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20711 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20712 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20713 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20714 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20716 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20718 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20719 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20720 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20722 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20724 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20725 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20726 A value of nil means never do it.
20727 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20728 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20729 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20731 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20733 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20734 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20735 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20737 ;;;***
20739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21075 56234
20740 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
20741 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20743 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20744 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20746 ;;;***
20748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21075
20749 ;;;;;; 56234 349623 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20751 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20752 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20753 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20754 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20755 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20758 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20759 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20760 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20761 Tab indents for Perl code.
20762 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20763 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20764 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20765 \\{perl-mode-map}
20766 Variables controlling indentation style:
20767 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20768 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20769 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20770 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20771 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20772 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20773 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20774 `perl-nochange'
20775 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20776 `perl-indent-level'
20777 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20778 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20779 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20780 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20781 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20782 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20783 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20784 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20785 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20786 `perl-brace-offset'
20787 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20788 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20789 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20790 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20791 `perl-label-offset'
20792 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20793 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20794 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20796 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20797 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20798 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20799 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20800 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20801 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20802 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20804 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20806 \(fn)" t nil)
20808 ;;;***
20810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20811 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20814 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20815 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20816 \\<picture-mode-map>
20817 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20818 afterwards settable by these commands:
20820 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20821 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20822 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20823 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20825 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20826 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20827 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20828 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20830 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20831 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20832 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20833 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20835 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20836 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20837 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20838 with these commands:
20840 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20841 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20842 Move to column following last
20843 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20844 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20845 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20846 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20847 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20848 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20850 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20852 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20853 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20854 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20855 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20856 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20857 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20859 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20860 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20861 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20862 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20863 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20864 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20865 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20867 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20868 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20869 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20870 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20871 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20872 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20873 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20874 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20876 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20877 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20878 by supplying an argument.
20880 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20882 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20883 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20885 \(fn)" t nil)
20887 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20889 ;;;***
20891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20892 ;;;;;; 0))
20893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20895 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20896 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20898 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20900 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20901 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20903 \(fn)" t nil)
20905 ;;;***
20907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20910 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20911 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20912 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20914 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20916 ;;;***
20918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20921 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20922 Play pong and waste time.
20923 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20924 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20926 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20928 \\{pong-mode-map}
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20932 ;;;***
20934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20937 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20938 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20939 Use streaming commands.
20941 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20943 ;;;***
20945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21013 58662 278539
20946 ;;;;;; 0))
20947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20949 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20950 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20951 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20952 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20954 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20956 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20957 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20959 \(fn)" nil nil)
20961 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20962 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20963 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20964 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20965 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20967 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20969 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20970 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20971 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20973 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20975 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20976 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20978 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20980 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20981 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20982 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20983 Ignores leading comment characters.
20985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20987 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20988 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20989 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20990 Ignores leading comment characters.
20992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20994 ;;;***
20996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21032 23080 765139
20997 ;;;;;; 0))
20998 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20999 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21001 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21002 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21004 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21006 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21008 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21011 Preview directory using ghostview.
21013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21014 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21015 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21016 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21018 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21019 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21020 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21021 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21022 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21023 file name.
21025 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21027 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21029 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21030 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21032 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21033 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21034 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21035 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21037 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21038 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21039 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21040 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21041 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21042 file name.
21044 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21046 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21048 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21049 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21051 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21052 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21053 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21054 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21056 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21057 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21058 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21059 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21060 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21061 file name.
21063 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21065 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21067 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21068 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21070 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21072 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21073 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21074 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21075 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21077 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21078 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21079 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21080 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21081 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21082 file name.
21084 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21086 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21089 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21091 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21092 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21093 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21095 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21096 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21097 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21098 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21100 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21103 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21105 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21106 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21107 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21109 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21110 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21111 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21112 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21114 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21116 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21117 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21119 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21120 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21121 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21123 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21124 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21125 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21126 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21128 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21130 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21131 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21133 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21135 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21136 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21137 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21139 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21140 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21141 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21142 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21144 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21146 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21147 Preview region using ghostview.
21149 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21151 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21154 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21156 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21158 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21160 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21161 Print region using PostScript printer.
21163 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21165 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21168 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21170 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21172 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21175 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21177 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21179 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21182 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21184 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21186 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21188 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21189 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21191 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21193 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21196 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21198 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21200 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21202 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21203 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21204 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21205 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21207 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21208 matching.
21210 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21211 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21213 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21215 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21217 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21218 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21219 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21220 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21224 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21225 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21226 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21227 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21232 Print directory using text printer.
21234 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21235 matching.
21237 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21238 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21240 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21242 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21244 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21245 Print buffer using text printer.
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21250 Print region using text printer.
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21255 Print major mode using text printer.
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21260 Preview spooled PostScript.
21262 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21263 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21264 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21266 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21267 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21268 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21270 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21272 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21273 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21275 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21276 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21277 instead of sending it to the printer.
21279 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21280 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21281 image in a file with that name.
21283 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21285 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21286 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21288 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21289 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21290 instead of sending it to the printer.
21292 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21293 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21294 image in a file with that name.
21296 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21298 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21299 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21301 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21302 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21303 instead of sending it to the printer.
21305 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21306 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21307 image in a file with that name.
21309 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21312 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21314 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21317 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21319 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21322 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21324 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21327 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21329 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21332 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21334 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21337 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21339 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21340 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21341 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21342 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21344 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21345 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21346 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21347 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21348 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21349 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21350 file name.
21352 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21355 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21360 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21362 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21363 right.
21364 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21365 bottom.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21370 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21375 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21380 Toggle printing with faces.
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21385 Toggle spooling.
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21390 Toggle duplex.
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21395 Toggle tumble.
21397 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21398 right.
21399 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21400 bottom.
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21405 Toggle landscape.
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21410 Toggle upside-down.
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21415 Toggle line number.
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21420 Toggle zebra stripes.
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21425 Toggle printing header.
21427 \(fn)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21430 Toggle printing header frame.
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21435 Toggle menu lock.
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21440 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21442 \(fn)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21445 Toggle auto mode.
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21449 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21450 Customization of the `printing' group.
21452 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21454 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21455 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21457 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21459 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21460 Help for the printing package.
21462 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21464 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21465 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21470 Interactively select a text printer.
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21474 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21475 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21480 Show current ps-print settings.
21482 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21484 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21485 Show current printing settings.
21487 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21489 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21490 Show current lpr settings.
21492 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21495 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21497 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21498 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21499 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21500 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21503 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21505 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21506 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21507 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21509 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21510 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21511 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21512 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21513 current active printer.
21515 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21516 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21517 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21518 printer.
21520 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21521 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21522 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21523 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21524 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21527 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21528 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21530 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21532 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21533 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21534 be done using the new current active printer.
21536 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21537 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21538 printer.
21540 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21541 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21542 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21543 instead of sending it to the printer.
21545 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21546 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21547 printer.
21549 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21552 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21553 are both set to t.
21555 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21557 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21558 Fast fire function for text printing.
21560 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21561 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21562 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21563 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21565 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21566 user for a new active text printer.
21568 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21570 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21572 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21573 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21574 printer.
21576 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21578 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21579 are both set to t.
21581 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21583 ;;;***
21585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21586 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21588 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21589 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21590 \\<proced-mode-map>
21591 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21592 the process information.
21594 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21596 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21597 Proced buffers.
21599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21601 ;;;***
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21077 11573 151993
21604 ;;;;;; 0))
21605 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21607 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21608 Start/restart profilers.
21609 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21610 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21611 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21613 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21615 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21616 Open profile FILENAME.
21618 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21620 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21621 Open profile FILENAME.
21623 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21625 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21626 Open profile FILENAME.
21628 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21630 ;;;***
21632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21099 38568
21633 ;;;;;; 469572 0))
21634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21636 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21637 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21639 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21640 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21642 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21644 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21645 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21647 Commands:
21648 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21649 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21650 if that value is non-nil.
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21655 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21656 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21658 \(fn)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21661 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21662 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21664 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21666 ;;;***
21668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21671 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21672 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21673 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21675 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21677 ;;;***
21679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21680 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
21681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21682 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21684 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21685 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21687 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21689 The following variables hold user options, and can
21690 be set through the `customize' command:
21692 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21693 `ps-mode-tab'
21694 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21695 `ps-mode-print-function'
21696 `ps-run-prompt'
21697 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21698 `ps-run-x'
21699 `ps-run-dumb'
21700 `ps-run-init'
21701 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21702 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21704 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21707 \\{ps-mode-map}
21710 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21711 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21712 The keymap for this second window is:
21714 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21717 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21718 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21719 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21720 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21721 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21725 ;;;***
21727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21105 26139 752484
21728 ;;;;;; 0))
21729 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21730 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21732 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21733 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21734 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21736 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21738 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21739 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21740 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21741 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21743 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21745 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21746 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21748 Valid values are:
21750 nil Do not print colors.
21752 t Print colors.
21754 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21755 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21757 Any other value is treated as t.")
21759 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21761 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21762 Customization of ps-print group.
21764 \(fn)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21767 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21769 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21770 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21771 sending it to the printer.
21773 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21774 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21775 image in a file with that name.
21777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21779 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21780 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21781 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21782 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21783 so it has a way to determine color values.
21785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21787 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21788 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21789 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21791 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21794 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21795 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21796 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21797 so it has a way to determine color values.
21799 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21801 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21802 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21803 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21804 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21806 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21810 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21811 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21812 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21813 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21814 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21816 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21820 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21821 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21822 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21824 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21828 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21829 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21830 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21831 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21832 so it has a way to determine color values.
21834 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21838 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21839 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21841 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21842 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21843 instead of sending it to the printer.
21845 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21846 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21847 image in a file with that name.
21849 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21851 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21852 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21853 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21854 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21855 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21860 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21861 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21863 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21865 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21866 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21867 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21869 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21871 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21872 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21874 \(fn)" nil nil)
21876 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21877 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21879 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21880 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21882 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21883 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21885 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21887 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21889 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21891 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21892 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21894 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21895 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21897 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21898 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21900 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21902 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21904 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21906 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21907 foreground and background colors respectively.
21909 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21910 bold - use bold font.
21911 italic - use italic font.
21912 underline - put a line under text.
21913 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21914 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21915 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21916 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21917 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21919 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21921 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21923 ;;;***
21925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21106 11815 370918
21926 ;;;;;; 0))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21928 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21930 ;;;***
21932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21104 56491
21933 ;;;;;; 538513 0))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21935 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21937 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21939 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21941 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21942 Run an inferior Python process.
21943 Input and output via buffer named after
21944 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21945 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21947 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21948 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21949 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21950 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21952 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21953 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21954 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21956 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21958 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21959 Major mode for editing Python files.
21961 \\{python-mode-map}
21962 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21963 if that value is non-nil.
21965 \(fn)" t nil)
21967 ;;;***
21969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21972 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21973 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21974 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21975 coding-system.
21977 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21978 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21980 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21981 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21982 them into characters should be done separately.
21984 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21986 ;;;***
21988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21061 23341
21989 ;;;;;; 46416 0))
21990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21992 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21993 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21995 \(fn)" nil nil)
21997 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21998 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21999 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22001 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22002 `quail-activate', which see.
22004 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22006 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22007 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22008 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22009 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22010 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22011 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22012 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22014 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22015 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22016 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22017 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22018 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22019 shown.
22020 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22022 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22023 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22024 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22025 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22026 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22027 list of candidates.
22029 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22030 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22031 command to be called.
22033 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22034 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22035 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22036 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22038 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22039 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22040 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22041 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22042 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22043 to t.
22045 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22046 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22047 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22048 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22050 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22051 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22052 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22053 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22055 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22056 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22057 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22058 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22059 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22060 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22062 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22063 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22064 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22065 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22066 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22067 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22069 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22070 covers Quail translation region.
22072 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22073 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22074 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22075 for it) is inserted.
22077 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22078 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22079 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22081 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22082 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22083 non-Quail commands.
22085 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22087 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22088 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22090 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22091 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22092 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22093 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22094 you type is correctly handled.
22096 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22098 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22099 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22101 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22102 keyboard type.
22104 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22106 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22107 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22108 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22109 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22110 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22111 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22112 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22113 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22114 for the translation.
22115 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22117 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22118 it is used to handle KEY.
22120 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22121 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22122 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22123 the following annotation types are supported.
22125 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22126 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22128 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22129 candidate list.
22131 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22132 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22133 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22134 inserted.
22136 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22137 generated for the following translations.
22139 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22141 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22142 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22144 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22145 which to install MAP.
22147 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22149 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22151 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22152 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22154 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22155 which to install MAP.
22157 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22159 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22161 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22162 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22163 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22164 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22165 a function, or a cons.
22166 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22167 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22168 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22169 for the translation.
22170 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22171 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22172 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22173 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22174 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22176 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22177 it is used to handle KEY.
22179 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22180 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22181 current Quail package.
22183 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22184 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22186 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22188 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22189 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22191 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22192 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22194 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22196 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22197 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22199 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22201 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22202 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22203 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22204 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22205 of the Emacs source tree.
22207 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22208 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22210 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22211 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22212 of each directory.
22214 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22216 ;;;***
22218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21040 17194 398147
22219 ;;;;;; 0))
22220 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22222 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22223 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22224 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22225 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22227 To make use of this do something like:
22229 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22231 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22233 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22234 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22236 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22237 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22238 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22240 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22242 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22243 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22245 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22247 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22248 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22250 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22251 is decided.
22253 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22255 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22256 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22258 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22259 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22260 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22262 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22264 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22265 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22267 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22269 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22270 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22272 \(fn)" t nil)
22274 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22275 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22277 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22279 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22281 \(fn)" t nil)
22283 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22284 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22286 \(fn)" t nil)
22288 ;;;***
22290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (20992 52525 458637
22291 ;;;;;; 0))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22294 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22295 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22297 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22299 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22303 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22305 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22308 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22310 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22311 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22312 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22314 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22315 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22317 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22319 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22320 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22321 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22322 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22323 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22327 ;;;***
22329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709 26818 907104
22330 ;;;;;; 0))
22331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22333 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22334 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22335 See \\[compile].
22337 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22339 ;;;***
22341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20984
22342 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
22343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22345 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22347 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22348 Construct a regexp interactively.
22349 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22350 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22351 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22353 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22354 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22356 \(fn)" t nil)
22358 ;;;***
22360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22361 ;;;;;; 0))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22364 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22365 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22366 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22369 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22371 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22373 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22374 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22375 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22376 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22377 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22379 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22380 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22381 were operated on recently.
22383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22385 ;;;***
22387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22390 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22391 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22392 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22393 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22394 ends.
22396 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22398 to be deleted.
22400 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22402 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22404 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22406 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22407 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22408 deleted.
22410 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22412 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22413 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22414 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22416 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22418 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22419 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22424 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22425 deleted.
22427 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22428 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22429 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22430 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22431 even beep.)
22433 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22435 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22436 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22438 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22440 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22441 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22443 \(fn)" t nil)
22445 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22447 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22448 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22449 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22450 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22451 and point is at the lower right corner.
22453 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22455 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22458 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22459 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22461 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22462 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22463 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22465 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22467 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22469 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22470 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22471 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22472 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22473 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22475 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22476 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22478 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22480 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22481 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22482 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22484 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22486 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22488 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22490 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22491 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22493 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22494 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22495 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22497 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22499 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22500 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22501 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22503 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22504 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22505 rectangle which were empty.
22507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22509 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22510 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22512 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22513 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22514 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22515 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22517 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22519 (autoload 'rectangle-mark "rect" "\
22520 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22522 \(fn)" t nil)
22524 ;;;***
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22527 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
22528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22530 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22531 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22533 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22536 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22537 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22538 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22539 auto-filling.
22541 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545 ;;;***
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22548 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22551 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22552 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22554 \(fn)" nil nil)
22556 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22557 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22559 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22560 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22562 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22563 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22564 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22565 \\ref macro.
22567 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22568 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22569 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22571 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22572 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22573 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22575 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22576 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22578 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22579 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22581 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22582 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22583 on the menu bar.
22585 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22589 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22590 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22591 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22593 \(fn)" nil nil)
22595 ;;;***
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22598 ;;;;;; 39978 248467 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22601 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22602 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22603 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22604 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22605 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22606 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22608 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22610 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22612 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22613 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22614 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22615 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22616 `reftex-cite-format'.
22618 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22619 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22620 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22621 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22623 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22625 ;;;***
22627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22628 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22631 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22632 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22633 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22634 the current TeX document.
22636 With no argument, this command toggles
22637 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22638 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22642 ;;;***
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22645 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22648 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22649 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22650 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22652 To insert new phrases, use
22653 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22654 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22656 To index phrases use one of:
22658 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22659 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22660 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22661 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22662 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22664 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22665 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22667 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22669 Here are all local bindings.
22671 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22673 \(fn)" t nil)
22675 ;;;***
22677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22678 ;;;;;; (20921 39978 248467 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22681 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22682 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22683 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22684 of master file.
22686 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22688 ;;;***
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22691 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22693 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22694 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22695 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22696 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22698 ;;;***
22700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (20709
22701 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22704 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22705 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22706 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22707 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22708 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22709 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22711 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22712 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22714 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22715 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22716 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22717 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22719 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22721 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22722 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22723 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22724 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22726 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22728 ;;;***
22730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22731 ;;;;;; 0))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22733 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22735 ;;;***
22737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21093 51772
22738 ;;;;;; 844670 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22740 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22742 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22743 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22744 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22745 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22747 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22749 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22751 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22752 Call `remember' in another frame.
22754 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22756 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22757 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22758 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22760 \(fn)" t nil)
22762 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22763 Extract diary entries from the region.
22765 \(fn)" nil nil)
22767 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22768 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22770 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22771 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22772 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22773 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22774 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22775 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22777 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22778 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22779 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22780 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22781 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22782 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22783 buries the buffer.
22785 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22786 switches to it as well.
22788 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22789 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22790 `remember-data-file'.
22792 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22794 ;;;***
22796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22798 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22800 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22801 Repeat most recently executed command.
22802 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22803 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22804 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22806 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22807 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22808 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22809 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22811 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22812 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22813 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22815 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22817 ;;;***
22819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22820 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
22821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22823 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22824 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22826 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22827 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22828 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22829 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22830 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22831 and point is left after the salutation.
22833 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22834 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22835 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22836 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22837 left after that text.
22839 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22840 is non-nil.
22842 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22843 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22844 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22845 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22847 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22849 ;;;***
22851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20992 52525 458637
22852 ;;;;;; 0))
22853 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22855 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22856 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22857 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22858 visibility of comments that precede it.
22859 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22860 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22861 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22862 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22863 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22864 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22865 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22866 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22867 the comment lines.
22868 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22869 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22870 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22871 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22872 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22876 ;;;***
22878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22881 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22882 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22884 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22885 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22887 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22888 reveals invisible text around point.
22890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22892 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22893 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22894 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22897 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22899 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22901 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22902 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22903 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22905 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22906 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22907 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22911 ;;;***
22913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22914 ;;;;;; 0))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22917 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22918 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22920 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22922 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22923 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22925 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22927 ;;;***
22929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22930 ;;;;;; 0))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22933 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22934 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22935 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22936 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22938 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22940 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22941 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22942 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22943 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22945 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22946 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22948 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22949 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22951 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22952 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22953 INPUT-ARGS.
22955 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22956 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22957 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22958 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22959 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22961 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22962 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22963 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22964 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22966 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22967 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22968 variable.
22970 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22972 ;;;***
22974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21105 26139 752484
22975 ;;;;;; 0))
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22978 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22979 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22981 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22983 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22985 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22986 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22987 Its name should end with a slash.")
22989 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22990 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22992 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22993 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22994 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22996 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22998 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22999 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23000 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23001 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23002 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23003 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23004 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23006 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23007 sent by you under different user names.
23008 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23010 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23012 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23014 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23016 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23017 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23018 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23019 explicitly.")
23021 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23023 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23024 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23025 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23026 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23027 which normally happens once for each message,
23028 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23029 To make a change in this variable take effect
23030 for a message that you have already viewed,
23031 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23033 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23035 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23036 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23037 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23038 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23040 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23042 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23043 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23045 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23047 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23048 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23049 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23051 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23053 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23054 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23055 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23056 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23057 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23058 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23060 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23062 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23063 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23065 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23067 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23068 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23070 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23072 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23073 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23075 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23076 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23078 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23080 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23081 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23083 This is set to nil by default.")
23085 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23086 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23087 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23088 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23089 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23090 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23091 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23093 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23094 Read and edit incoming mail.
23095 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23096 file in RMAIL Mode.
23097 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23099 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23100 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23101 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23102 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23104 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23106 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23108 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23109 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23110 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23111 Instead, these commands are available:
23113 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23114 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23115 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23116 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23117 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23118 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23119 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23120 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23121 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23122 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23123 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23124 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23125 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23126 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23127 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23128 till a deleted message is found.
23129 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23130 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23131 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23132 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23133 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23134 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23135 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23136 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23137 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23138 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23139 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23140 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23141 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23142 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23143 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23144 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23145 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23146 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23147 (label defaults to last one specified).
23148 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23149 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23150 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23151 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23152 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23153 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23154 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23155 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23156 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23158 \(fn)" t nil)
23160 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23161 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23165 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23166 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23168 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23170 ;;;***
23172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23173 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23175 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23177 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23178 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23179 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23180 case it writes Babyl.
23182 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23183 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23184 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23185 `rmail-default-file'.
23187 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23188 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23189 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23191 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23192 the header display is currently pruned.
23194 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23195 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23196 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23197 messages after output.
23199 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23200 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23201 message (if writing a file directly).
23203 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23204 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23206 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23208 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23209 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23210 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23211 i) the header is output as currently seen
23212 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23213 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23215 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23216 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23217 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23219 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23221 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23222 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23223 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23224 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23225 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23226 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23227 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23229 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23230 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23231 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23233 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23235 ;;;***
23237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20998 4934
23238 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23241 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23242 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23243 Return a pattern.
23245 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23247 ;;;***
23249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23250 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23253 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23254 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23255 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23256 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23258 \(fn)" t nil)
23260 ;;;***
23262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23263 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
23264 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23266 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23267 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23269 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23270 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23271 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23272 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23273 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23274 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23275 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23276 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23277 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23278 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23280 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23281 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23282 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23283 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23284 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23285 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23286 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23287 to use for finding the schema.
23289 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23291 ;;;***
23293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23294 ;;;;;; 0))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23297 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23299 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23300 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23301 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23302 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23303 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23304 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23305 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23306 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23307 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23308 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23309 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23310 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23311 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23312 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23313 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23314 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23315 must be equal.
23317 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23319 ;;;***
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23322 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23325 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23326 Define a robin package.
23328 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23329 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23330 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23331 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23333 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23334 one replaces the old one.
23336 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23338 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23339 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23341 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23342 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23343 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23345 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23347 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23348 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23350 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23352 ;;;***
23354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
23355 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23357 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23358 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23360 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23362 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23363 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23367 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23368 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23370 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23372 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23373 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23374 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23376 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23377 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23378 in ROT13.
23380 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23382 \(fn)" t nil)
23384 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23385 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23387 \(fn)" t nil)
23389 ;;;***
23391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23392 ;;;;;; 0))
23393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23394 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23396 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23397 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23398 \\<rst-mode-map>
23400 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23401 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23402 highlighting.
23404 \\{rst-mode-map}
23406 \(fn)" t nil)
23408 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23409 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23411 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23412 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23414 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23415 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23416 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23420 ;;;***
23422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21107
23423 ;;;;;; 32686 465643 0))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23425 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23427 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23428 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23429 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23430 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23431 nesting into account.
23433 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23435 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23439 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23441 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23443 ;;;***
23445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23446 ;;;;;; 0))
23447 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23448 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23450 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23451 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23452 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23454 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23455 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23457 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23458 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23462 ;;;***
23464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709 26818 907104
23465 ;;;;;; 0))
23466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23468 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23469 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23470 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23471 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23473 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23475 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23476 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23477 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23479 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23480 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23481 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23483 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23484 notation.
23486 STRING
23487 matches string STRING literally.
23489 CHAR
23490 matches character CHAR literally.
23492 `not-newline', `nonl'
23493 matches any character except a newline.
23495 `anything'
23496 matches any character
23498 `(any SET ...)'
23499 `(in SET ...)'
23500 `(char SET ...)'
23501 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23502 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23503 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23505 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23506 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23507 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23508 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23510 `(not (any SET ...))'
23511 matches any character not in SET ...
23513 `line-start', `bol'
23514 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23515 in the text being matched
23517 `line-end', `eol'
23518 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23520 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23521 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23522 string being matched against.
23524 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23525 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23526 string being matched against.
23528 `buffer-start'
23529 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23530 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23532 `buffer-end'
23533 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23534 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23536 `point'
23537 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23539 `word-start', `bow'
23540 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23542 `word-end', `eow'
23543 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23545 `word-boundary'
23546 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23547 word.
23549 `(not word-boundary)'
23550 `not-word-boundary'
23551 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23552 word.
23554 `symbol-start'
23555 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23557 `symbol-end'
23558 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23560 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23561 matches 0 through 9.
23563 `control', `cntrl'
23564 matches ASCII control characters.
23566 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23567 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23569 `blank'
23570 matches space and tab only.
23572 `graphic', `graph'
23573 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23574 space, and DEL.
23576 `printing', `print'
23577 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23578 and DEL.
23580 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23581 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23582 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23584 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23585 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23586 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23588 `ascii'
23589 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23591 `nonascii'
23592 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23594 `lower', `lower-case'
23595 matches anything lower-case.
23597 `upper', `upper-case'
23598 matches anything upper-case.
23600 `punctuation', `punct'
23601 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23602 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23604 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23605 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23607 `word', `wordchar'
23608 matches anything that has word syntax.
23610 `not-wordchar'
23611 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23613 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23614 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23615 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23616 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23618 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23619 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23620 `word' (\\sw)
23621 `symbol' (\\s_)
23622 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23623 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23624 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23625 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23626 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23627 `escape' (\\s\\)
23628 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23629 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23630 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23631 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23632 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23634 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23635 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23637 `(category CATEGORY)'
23638 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23639 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23641 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23642 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23643 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23644 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23645 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23646 `symbol' (\\c5)
23647 `digit' (\\c6)
23648 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23649 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23650 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23651 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23652 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23653 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23654 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23655 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23656 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23657 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23658 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23659 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23660 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23661 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23662 `ascii' (\\ca)
23663 `arabic' (\\cb)
23664 `chinese' (\\cc)
23665 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23666 `greek' (\\cg)
23667 `korean' (\\ch)
23668 `indian' (\\ci)
23669 `japanese' (\\cj)
23670 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23671 `latin' (\\cl)
23672 `lao' (\\co)
23673 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23674 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23675 `thai' (\\ct)
23676 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23677 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23678 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23679 `can-break' (\\c|)
23681 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23682 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23684 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23685 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23686 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23687 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23688 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23690 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23691 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23692 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23693 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23695 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23696 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23697 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23698 group number N.
23700 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23702 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23703 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23704 regular expression.
23706 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23707 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23708 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23709 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23710 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23712 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23713 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23715 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23716 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23718 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23719 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23720 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23722 `(* SEXP ...)'
23723 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23724 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23726 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23727 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23728 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23730 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23731 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23732 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23734 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23735 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23737 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23738 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23740 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23741 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23742 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23743 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23745 `(? SEXP ...)'
23746 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23748 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23749 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23751 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23752 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23753 matches N occurrences.
23755 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23756 matches N or more occurrences.
23758 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23759 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23760 matches N to M occurrences.
23762 `(backref N)'
23763 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23765 `(eval FORM)'
23766 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23767 `regexp-quote' it.
23769 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23770 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23772 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23774 ;;;***
23776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23777 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23779 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23781 ;;;***
23783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21040 42923 330142
23784 ;;;;;; 838000))
23785 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23786 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23788 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23789 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23790 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23793 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23795 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23797 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23798 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23803 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23804 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23805 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23806 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23808 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23809 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23810 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23814 ;;;***
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (20924 16196
23817 ;;;;;; 967284 0))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23820 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23821 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23822 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23824 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23825 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23826 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23827 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23828 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23829 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23830 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23831 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23833 Commands:
23834 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23835 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23836 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23837 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23838 if that value is non-nil.
23840 \(fn)" t nil)
23842 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23843 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23844 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23846 Commands:
23847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23848 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23849 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23850 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23851 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23852 that variable's value is a string.
23854 \(fn)" t nil)
23856 ;;;***
23858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21040 17194
23859 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
23860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23862 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23863 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23864 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23866 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23868 \(fn)" t nil)
23870 ;;;***
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23873 ;;;;;; 0))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23876 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23877 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23878 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23881 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23883 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23885 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23886 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23888 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23891 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23892 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23896 ;;;***
23898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23899 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23900 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23902 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23903 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23905 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23906 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23907 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23908 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23909 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23913 ;;;***
23915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21071 59176 747909
23916 ;;;;;; 0))
23917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23918 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23919 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23921 ;;;***
23923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21052 33668
23924 ;;;;;; 690120 156000))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23926 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23928 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23929 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23930 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23932 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23933 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23934 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23935 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23936 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23937 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23938 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23939 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23940 keybinding for tag names.
23941 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23942 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23943 of the symbol under point.
23944 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23945 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23946 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23947 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23948 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23949 syntax tokens.
23950 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23952 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23954 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23955 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23956 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23958 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23959 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23961 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23963 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23964 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23966 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23967 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23969 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23970 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23971 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23972 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23973 Semantic mode.
23975 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23979 ;;;***
23981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23982 ;;;;;; (20895 15912 444844 0))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23985 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23986 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23988 \(fn)" t nil)
23990 ;;;***
23992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23993 ;;;;;; (20879 27694 495748 0))
23994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23996 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23997 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23999 \(fn)" t nil)
24001 ;;;***
24003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
24004 ;;;;;; 0))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24007 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24008 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24010 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24011 king@grassland.com
24012 If `parens', they look like:
24013 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24014 If `angles', they look like:
24015 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24017 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24018 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24022 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24023 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24024 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24025 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24027 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24028 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24029 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24030 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24034 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24035 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24036 This is done when the message is initialized,
24037 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24041 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24042 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24043 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24047 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24048 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24049 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24050 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24051 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24052 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24053 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24055 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24057 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24058 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24062 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24063 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24064 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24065 be a Babyl file.")
24067 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24069 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24070 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24071 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24072 when you first send mail.")
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24076 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24077 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24078 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24079 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24080 This file need not actually exist.")
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24084 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24085 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24087 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24089 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24090 Alist of mail address aliases,
24091 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24092 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24093 can specify a different file name.)
24094 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24095 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24097 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24098 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24099 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24101 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24103 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24104 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24105 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24109 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24110 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24111 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24112 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24113 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24114 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24115 in the cited portion of the message.
24117 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24118 instead of no action.")
24120 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24122 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24123 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24124 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24125 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24126 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24128 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24130 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24131 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24132 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24133 If a string, that string is inserted.
24134 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24135 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24136 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24137 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24139 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24141 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24142 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24146 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24147 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24148 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24150 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24151 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24153 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24155 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24156 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24157 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24158 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24160 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24162 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24163 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24164 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24166 \(fn)" nil nil)
24168 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24170 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24173 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24175 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24176 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24177 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24179 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24180 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24182 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24183 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24184 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24185 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24186 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24187 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24188 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24189 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24190 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24191 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24192 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24193 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24194 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24195 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24197 \(fn)" t nil)
24199 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24200 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24201 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24202 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24204 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24206 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24207 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24208 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24209 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24210 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24211 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24213 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24214 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24215 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24217 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24218 User should not set this variable manually,
24219 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24220 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24221 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24223 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24224 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24225 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24226 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24228 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24229 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24231 \\<mail-mode-map>
24232 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24234 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24235 to move to message header fields:
24236 \\{mail-mode-map}
24238 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24239 when the message is initialized.
24241 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24242 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24244 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24245 is inserted.
24247 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24248 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24250 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24251 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24252 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24253 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24254 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24255 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24256 buffer without erasing the contents.
24258 The second through fifth arguments,
24259 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24260 the initial contents of those header fields.
24261 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24262 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24263 original message being replied to, or else an action
24264 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24265 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24266 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24267 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24268 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24269 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24271 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24273 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24274 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24276 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24278 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24279 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24281 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24283 ;;;***
24285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24286 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24288 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24290 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24292 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24294 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24295 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24296 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24297 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24298 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24299 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24301 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24302 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24304 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24305 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24306 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24308 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24309 \\[server-start].
24311 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24313 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24314 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24315 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24316 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24318 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24320 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24321 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24322 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24325 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24327 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24329 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24330 Toggle Server mode.
24331 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24332 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24333 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24335 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24336 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24337 `server-start' for details.
24339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24341 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24342 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24343 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24345 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24346 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24348 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24350 ;;;***
24352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24355 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24356 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24357 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24359 Key definitions:
24360 \\{ses-mode-map}
24361 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24362 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24363 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24364 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24366 \(fn)" t nil)
24368 ;;;***
24370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24371 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
24372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24374 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24375 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24376 Makes > match <.
24377 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24378 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24380 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24381 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24382 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24384 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24385 in your init file.
24387 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24389 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24390 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24391 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24393 \(fn)" t nil)
24395 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24396 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24397 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24398 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24399 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24400 which this is based.
24402 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24404 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24405 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24406 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24407 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24409 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24410 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24411 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24413 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24414 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24415 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24416 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24418 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24419 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24420 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24421 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24423 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24425 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24426 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24427 To work around that, do:
24428 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24430 \\{html-mode-map}
24432 \(fn)" t nil)
24434 ;;;***
24436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21097
24437 ;;;;;; 42046 44658 0))
24438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24439 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24440 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24442 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24443 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24444 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24445 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24446 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24447 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24449 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24450 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24451 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24452 shell-specific features.
24454 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24455 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24456 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24457 \\<sh-mode-map>
24458 \\[sh-case] case statement
24459 \\[sh-for] for loop
24460 \\[sh-function] function definition
24461 \\[sh-if] if statement
24462 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24463 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24464 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24465 \\[sh-select] select loop
24466 \\[sh-until] until loop
24467 \\[sh-while] while loop
24469 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24470 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24471 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24472 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24473 would indent to the way it currently is.
24474 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24475 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24478 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24479 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24480 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24481 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24482 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24483 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24485 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24486 unquoted < insert a here document.
24488 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24489 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24490 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24492 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24493 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24495 \(fn)" t nil)
24497 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24499 ;;;***
24501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21082 29482
24502 ;;;;;; 330637 0))
24503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24505 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24506 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24508 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24509 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24510 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24512 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24513 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24514 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24515 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24516 the earlier.
24518 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24520 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24522 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24523 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24524 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24526 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24527 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24529 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24530 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24531 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24532 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24533 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24534 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24535 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24536 Emacs version).
24538 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24539 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24540 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24541 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24542 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24544 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24545 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24547 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24549 ;;;***
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20959 55207 940876
24552 ;;;;;; 0))
24553 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24555 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24556 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24557 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24558 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24559 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24560 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24561 sites in the cluster.
24563 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24565 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24566 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24567 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24568 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24569 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24571 \(fn)" t nil)
24573 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24574 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24575 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24576 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24577 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24578 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24579 `shadow-define-cluster').
24581 \(fn)" t nil)
24583 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24584 Set up file shadowing.
24586 \(fn)" t nil)
24588 ;;;***
24590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24593 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24594 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24595 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24596 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24597 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24598 arguments.")
24600 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24602 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24603 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24604 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24605 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24606 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24608 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24609 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24610 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24611 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24612 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24613 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24614 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24615 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24616 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24617 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24618 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24621 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24622 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24623 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24625 `default-process-coding-system'.
24627 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24628 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24629 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24630 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24632 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24636 ;;;***
24638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
24639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24641 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24642 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24643 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24644 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24646 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24648 ;;;***
24650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24651 ;;;;;; 0))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24654 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24657 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24659 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24662 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24664 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24667 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24669 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24672 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24674 ;;;***
24676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24677 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24680 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24681 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24682 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24683 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24684 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24686 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24688 \(fn)" t nil)
24690 ;;;***
24692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24693 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24696 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24697 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24698 \\{simula-mode-map}
24699 Variables controlling indentation style:
24700 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24701 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24702 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24703 `simula-indent-level'
24704 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24705 `simula-substatement-offset'
24706 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24707 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24708 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24709 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24710 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24711 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24712 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24713 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24714 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24715 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24716 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24717 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24718 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24719 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24720 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24721 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24722 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24723 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24724 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24725 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24726 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24727 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24728 or nil if they should not be changed.
24729 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24730 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24731 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24732 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24734 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24735 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24737 \(fn)" t nil)
24739 ;;;***
24741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21087 47399 892476
24742 ;;;;;; 0))
24743 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24745 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24746 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24748 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24749 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24750 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24751 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24753 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24755 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24757 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24758 Insert SKELETON.
24759 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24760 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24761 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24762 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24763 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24765 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24766 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24768 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24770 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24771 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24773 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24774 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24775 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24776 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24778 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24779 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24780 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24781 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24783 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24784 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24785 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24787 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24788 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24790 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24791 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24793 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24794 _ interesting point, interregion here
24795 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24796 interesting point set by _
24797 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24798 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24799 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24800 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24801 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24802 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24803 nil skipped
24805 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24806 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24808 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24809 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24810 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24811 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24812 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24813 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24814 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24815 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24817 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24818 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24819 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24820 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24821 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24822 available:
24824 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24825 then: insert previously read string once more
24826 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24827 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24828 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24830 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24831 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24833 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24835 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24836 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24838 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24839 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24840 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24841 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24842 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24843 such as backslash.
24845 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24846 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24847 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24849 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24851 ;;;***
24853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21022 27213
24854 ;;;;;; 317995 0))
24855 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24857 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24858 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24859 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24860 buffer names.
24862 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24864 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24865 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24867 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24868 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24869 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24873 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24874 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24875 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24877 \(fn)" t nil)
24879 ;;;***
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24882 ;;;;;; 509000))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24885 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24886 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24887 A list of images is returned.
24889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24891 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24892 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24893 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24897 ;;;***
24899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24900 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24903 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24906 \(fn)" nil nil)
24908 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24909 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24911 \(fn)" t nil)
24913 ;;;***
24915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21040 17194 398147
24916 ;;;;;; 0))
24917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24919 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24920 Play the Snake game.
24921 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24923 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24925 Snake mode keybindings:
24926 \\<snake-mode-map>
24927 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24928 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24929 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24930 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24931 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24932 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24933 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24935 \(fn)" t nil)
24937 ;;;***
24939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24940 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
24941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24943 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24944 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24945 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24946 Tab indents for C code.
24947 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24948 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24949 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24950 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24951 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24955 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24956 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24957 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24958 Tab indents for C code.
24959 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24960 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24961 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24962 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24963 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24965 \(fn)" t nil)
24967 ;;;***
24969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
24970 ;;;;;; 0))
24971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24973 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24974 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24975 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24976 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24977 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24979 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24983 ;;;***
24985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
24986 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24987 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24989 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24990 Play Solitaire.
24992 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24993 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24994 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24995 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24996 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24997 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24998 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24999 check after each move or undo.)
25001 What is Solitaire?
25003 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25004 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25005 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25007 Le Solitaire
25008 ============
25010 o o o
25012 o o o
25014 o o o o o o o
25016 o o o . o o o
25018 o o o o o o o
25020 o o o
25022 o o o
25024 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25025 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25026 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25027 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25029 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25030 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25031 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25032 this: o o .
25034 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25035 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25037 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25039 o o o
25041 . o o
25043 o o . o o o o
25045 o . o o o o o
25047 o o o o o o o
25049 o o o
25051 o o o
25053 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25055 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25057 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25059 ;;;***
25061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25063 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25065 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25066 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25068 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25069 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25070 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25071 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25072 contiguous.
25074 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25075 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25076 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25077 the sort order.
25079 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25080 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25082 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25083 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25084 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25085 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25086 is called.
25088 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25089 It should move point to the end of the record.
25091 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25092 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25093 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25094 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25095 starts at the beginning of the record.
25097 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25098 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25099 same as ENDRECFUN.
25101 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25102 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25103 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25104 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25105 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25106 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25107 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25109 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25111 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25112 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25113 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25114 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25115 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25116 the sort order.
25118 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25120 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25121 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25122 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25123 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25124 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25125 the sort order.
25127 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25129 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25130 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25131 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25132 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25133 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25134 the sort order.
25136 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25137 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25139 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25140 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25141 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25142 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25143 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25144 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25145 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25146 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25147 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25149 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25151 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25152 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25153 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25154 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25155 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25156 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25157 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25158 the sort order.
25160 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25162 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25163 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25164 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25165 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25167 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25168 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25170 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25171 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25172 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25173 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25174 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25175 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25176 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25177 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25179 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25181 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25182 the sort order.
25184 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25185 starting with the letter \"f\",
25186 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25188 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25190 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25191 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25192 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25193 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25194 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25195 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25196 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25197 the sort order.
25199 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25200 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25201 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25202 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25203 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25205 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25207 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25208 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25209 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25211 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25213 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25214 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25216 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25217 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25218 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25219 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25221 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25222 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25223 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25224 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25225 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25227 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25228 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25230 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25231 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25232 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25234 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25236 ;;;***
25238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
25239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25241 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25242 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25243 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25244 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25245 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25246 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25248 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25250 ;;;***
25252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25253 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
25254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25256 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25257 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25259 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25260 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25261 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25263 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25265 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25266 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25267 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25268 server.
25270 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25272 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25273 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25274 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25276 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25278 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25279 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25280 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25281 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25282 Agent is plugged.
25284 \(fn)" t nil)
25286 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25287 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25288 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25289 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25291 \(fn)" t nil)
25293 ;;;***
25295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21024 28968 738399
25296 ;;;;;; 0))
25297 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25299 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25301 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25302 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25303 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25304 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25305 supported at a time.
25306 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25307 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25311 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25312 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25313 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25314 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25318 ;;;***
25320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21041 38058 75002
25321 ;;;;;; 0))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25324 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25325 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25329 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25330 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25332 \(fn)" nil nil)
25334 ;;;***
25336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21082 29482 330637
25337 ;;;;;; 0))
25338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25339 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25341 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25342 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25344 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25345 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25346 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25347 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25348 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25349 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25350 of the current highlighting list.
25352 For example:
25354 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25355 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25357 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25358 `_t' as data types.
25360 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25362 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25364 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25365 Major mode to edit SQL.
25367 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25368 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25369 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25371 \\{sql-mode-map}
25372 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25374 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25375 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25376 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25377 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25378 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25379 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25381 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25382 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25384 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25385 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25386 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25388 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25389 (lambda ()
25390 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25392 \(fn)" t nil)
25394 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25395 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25397 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25398 their settings.
25400 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25401 is specified in the connection settings.
25403 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25405 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25406 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25411 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25412 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25413 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25414 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25418 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25420 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25421 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25423 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25424 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 `*SQL*'.
25427 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25428 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25429 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25430 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25432 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25433 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25435 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25436 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25437 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25438 buffer.
25440 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25441 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25442 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25443 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25444 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25445 `default-process-coding-system'.
25447 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25449 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25451 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25452 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25454 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25455 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25456 `*SQL*'.
25458 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25459 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25460 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25461 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25463 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25464 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25466 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25467 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25468 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25469 buffer.
25471 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25472 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25473 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25474 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25475 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25476 `default-process-coding-system'.
25478 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25480 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25482 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25483 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25485 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25486 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25487 `*SQL*'.
25489 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25490 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25492 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25493 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25495 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25496 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25497 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25498 buffer.
25500 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25501 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25502 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25503 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25504 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25505 `default-process-coding-system'.
25507 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25511 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25512 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25514 SQLite is free software.
25516 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25517 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25518 `*SQL*'.
25520 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25521 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25522 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25523 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25525 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25526 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25528 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25529 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25530 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25531 buffer.
25533 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25534 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25535 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25536 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25537 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25538 `default-process-coding-system'.
25540 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25544 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25545 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25547 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25549 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25550 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25551 `*SQL*'.
25553 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25554 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25555 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25556 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25558 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25559 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25561 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25562 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25563 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25564 buffer.
25566 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25567 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25568 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25569 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25570 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25571 `default-process-coding-system'.
25573 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25577 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25578 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25580 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25581 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25582 `*SQL*'.
25584 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25585 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25586 defaults, if set.
25588 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25589 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25591 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25592 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25593 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25594 buffer.
25596 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25597 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25598 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25599 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25600 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25601 `default-process-coding-system'.
25603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25605 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25607 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25608 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25610 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25611 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25612 `*SQL*'.
25614 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25615 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25617 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25618 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25620 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25621 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25622 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25623 buffer.
25625 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25626 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25628 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25629 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25630 `default-process-coding-system'.
25632 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25636 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25637 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25639 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25640 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25641 `*SQL*'.
25643 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25644 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25645 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25646 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25648 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25649 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25651 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25652 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25653 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25654 buffer.
25656 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25657 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25658 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25659 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25660 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25661 `default-process-coding-system'.
25663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25665 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25667 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25668 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25670 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25671 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25672 `*SQL*'.
25674 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25675 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25676 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25677 `sql-postgres-options'.
25679 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25680 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25682 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25684 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25685 buffer.
25687 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25688 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25689 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25690 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25691 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25692 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25693 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25694 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25696 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25697 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25701 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25703 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25704 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25708 `*SQL*'.
25710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25711 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25712 defaults, if set.
25714 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25715 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25717 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25719 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25720 buffer.
25722 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25723 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25724 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25725 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25726 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25727 `default-process-coding-system'.
25729 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25731 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25733 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25734 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25736 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25737 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25738 `*SQL*'.
25740 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25741 automatic login.
25743 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25744 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25746 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25747 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25748 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25749 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25751 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25752 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25753 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25754 buffer.
25756 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25757 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25758 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25759 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25760 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25761 `default-process-coding-system'.
25763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25765 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25767 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25768 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25770 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25771 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25772 `*SQL*'.
25774 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25775 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25776 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25777 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25778 parameters.
25780 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25781 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25782 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25783 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25784 an empty password.
25786 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25787 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25789 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25790 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25791 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25792 buffer.
25794 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25796 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25798 ;;;***
25800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25801 ;;;;;; 0))
25802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25803 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25805 ;;;***
25807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25808 ;;;;;; (21048 47760 436258 0))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25811 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25812 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25814 \(fn)" t nil)
25816 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25818 ;;;***
25820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25821 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25824 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25825 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25826 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25827 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25828 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25829 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25830 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25831 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25832 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25833 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25834 with any buffer
25835 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25836 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25837 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25838 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25840 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25842 ;;;***
25844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25845 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25847 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25848 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25849 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25850 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25851 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25852 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25854 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25856 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25859 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25860 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25861 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25862 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25863 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25864 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25866 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25868 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25869 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25870 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25871 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25872 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25873 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25874 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25876 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25878 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25879 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25880 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25882 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25884 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25885 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25886 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25888 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25890 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25891 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25893 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25895 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25896 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25898 \(fn)" t nil)
25900 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25901 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25903 \(fn)" t nil)
25905 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25906 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25907 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25908 chronologically by command name.
25909 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25911 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25913 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25914 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25915 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25918 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25920 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25922 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25923 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25928 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25929 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25930 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25931 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25932 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25934 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25935 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25936 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25937 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25939 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25943 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25944 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25945 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25946 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25948 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25951 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25953 \(fn)" t nil)
25955 ;;;***
25957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25958 ;;;;;; 0))
25959 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25961 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25962 Studlify-case the region.
25964 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25966 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25967 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25969 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25971 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25972 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25974 \(fn)" t nil)
25976 ;;;***
25978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21086 26537
25979 ;;;;;; 509049 0))
25980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25982 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25983 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25988 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25989 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25990 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25991 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25993 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25994 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25995 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25997 Nomenclature Subwords
25998 ===========================================================
25999 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26000 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26001 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26003 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26004 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26005 as words.
26007 \\{subword-mode-map}
26009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26011 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26012 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26013 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26016 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26018 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26020 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26021 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26022 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26023 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26024 ARG is omitted or nil.
26026 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26027 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26028 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26032 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26033 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26035 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26038 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26039 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26040 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26042 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26043 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26044 edit them as words.
26046 \\{superword-mode-map}
26048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26050 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26051 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26052 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26055 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26057 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26059 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26060 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26061 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26062 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26063 ARG is omitted or nil.
26065 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26066 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26067 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26071 ;;;***
26073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
26074 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26077 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26078 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26079 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26080 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26081 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26082 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26083 original message but it does require a few things:
26085 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26087 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26088 reply buffer.
26090 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26091 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26092 original message.
26094 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26096 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26098 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26099 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26100 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26102 \(fn)" nil nil)
26104 ;;;***
26106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
26107 ;;;;;; 0))
26108 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26110 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26112 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26113 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26114 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26116 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26117 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26119 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26121 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26122 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26124 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26125 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26127 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26128 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26129 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26133 ;;;***
26135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
26136 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26138 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26139 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26140 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26141 buffer.
26143 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26144 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26145 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26147 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26149 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26150 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26151 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26152 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26153 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26154 buffer.
26156 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26157 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26158 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26160 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26162 ;;;***
26164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
26165 ;;;;;; 0))
26166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26168 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26169 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26170 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26172 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26174 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26175 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26177 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26179 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26180 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26182 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26184 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26185 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26187 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26189 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26190 Insert an editable text table.
26191 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26192 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26193 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26194 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26195 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26196 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26197 delimiting them.
26199 Examples:
26201 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26203 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26204 location of point.
26208 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26209 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26210 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26211 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26212 first cell.
26214 +-----+-----+-----+
26215 |-!- | | |
26216 +-----+-----+-----+
26218 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26220 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26221 width, which results as
26223 +--------------+-----+-----+
26224 |-!- | | |
26225 +--------------+-----+-----+
26227 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26228 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 | | |-!- |
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26235 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26236 width information to `table-insert'.
26238 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26240 instead of
26242 Cell width(s): 5
26244 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26245 work all together.
26247 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26248 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251 |-!- | | |
26252 | | | |
26253 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 |-!- | | |
26259 | | | |
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 | | | |
26262 | | | |
26263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26265 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26267 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26268 | | | |
26269 | | | |
26270 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26271 | | | |
26272 | | | |
26273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26276 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26277 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26278 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26280 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26281 | | | |
26282 | | | |
26283 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284 | | | |
26285 | | | |
26286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287 |-!- | | |
26288 | | | |
26289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26291 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26292 results.
26294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26295 | | | |
26296 | | | |
26297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26298 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26299 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26300 | | |expected results.-!- |
26301 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26302 | | | |
26303 | | | |
26304 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26306 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26308 \\{table-cell-map}
26310 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26312 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26313 Insert N table row(s).
26314 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26315 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26316 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26317 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26319 \(fn N)" t nil)
26321 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26322 Insert N table column(s).
26323 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26324 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26325 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26326 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26328 \(fn N)" t nil)
26330 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26331 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26332 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26334 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26336 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26337 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26338 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26339 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26340 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26341 all the table specific features.
26343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26345 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26348 \(fn)" t nil)
26350 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26351 Recognize all tables within region.
26352 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26353 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26354 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26355 specific features.
26357 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26359 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26362 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26364 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26365 Recognize a table at point.
26366 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26367 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26368 the table specific features.
26370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26372 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26375 \(fn)" t nil)
26377 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26378 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26379 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26380 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26381 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26382 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26383 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26385 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26387 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26393 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26394 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26395 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26396 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26397 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26398 specified.
26400 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26402 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26403 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26404 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26405 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26406 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26407 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26408 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26409 table structure.
26411 \(fn N)" t nil)
26413 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26414 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26415 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26416 table's rectangle structure.
26418 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26421 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26422 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26423 table's rectangle structure.
26425 \(fn N)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26428 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26429 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26430 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26431 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26433 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26435 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26436 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26437 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26439 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26440 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26441 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26442 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26443 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26444 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26445 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26447 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26448 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26449 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26450 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26451 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26452 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26453 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26455 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26456 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26457 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26458 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26459 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26460 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26461 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26462 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26464 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26466 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26467 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26468 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26469 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26473 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26474 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26475 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26477 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26480 Split current cell vertically.
26481 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26483 \(fn)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26486 Split current cell horizontally.
26487 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26489 \(fn)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26492 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26493 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26495 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26497 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26498 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26499 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26500 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26502 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26504 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26505 Justify cell contents.
26506 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26507 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26508 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26509 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26511 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26514 Justify cells of a row.
26515 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26516 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26518 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26520 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26521 Justify cells of a column.
26522 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26523 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26525 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26527 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26528 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26529 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26530 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26531 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26532 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26533 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26534 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26535 run-time.
26537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26539 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26540 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26541 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26542 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26543 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26544 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26545 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26546 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26547 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26548 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26549 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26551 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26553 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26554 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26555 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26556 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26557 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26558 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26559 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26560 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26561 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26562 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26563 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26564 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26565 untouched.
26567 References used for this implementation:
26569 HTML:
26570 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26572 LaTeX:
26573 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26575 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26576 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26577 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26579 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26581 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26582 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26583 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26584 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26585 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26586 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26587 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26588 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26589 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26590 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26591 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26592 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26593 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26594 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26595 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26596 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26597 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26599 Example:
26601 (progn
26602 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26603 (table-forward-cell 15)
26604 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26605 (table-forward-cell 16)
26606 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26607 (table-forward-cell 1)
26608 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26610 (progn
26611 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26612 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26613 (table-forward-cell 1)
26614 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26616 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26618 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26619 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26620 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26621 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26622 consists from cells of same height.
26624 \(fn N)" t nil)
26626 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26627 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26628 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26629 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26630 column must consists from cells of same width.
26632 \(fn N)" t nil)
26634 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26635 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26636 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26637 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26638 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26639 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26640 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26641 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26642 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26643 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26644 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26645 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26646 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26647 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26648 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26651 Example 1:
26653 1, 2, 3, 4
26654 5, 6, 7, 8
26655 , 9, 10
26657 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26658 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26659 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26660 specified as 5.
26662 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26663 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26664 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26665 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26666 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26667 | | 9 | 10 | |
26668 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26670 Note:
26672 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26673 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26674 of each row is optional.
26677 Example 2:
26679 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26680 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26681 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26682 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26683 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26685 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26686 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26688 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26689 expression and raw delimiter regular
26690 expression, it parses the specified text
26691 area and extracts cell items from
26692 non-table text and then forms a table out
26693 of them.
26695 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26696 creates a single cell table. The text in
26697 the specified region is placed in that
26698 cell.-*-
26700 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26701 like this.
26703 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26704 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26705 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26707 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26708 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26709 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26710 | area and extracts cell items from |
26711 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26712 | of them. |
26714 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26715 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26716 | the specified region is placed in that |
26717 | cell. |
26718 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26720 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26721 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26722 independently.
26724 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26725 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26726 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26727 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26728 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26729 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26730 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26731 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26732 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26733 | |of them. |
26734 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26735 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26736 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26737 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26738 | |cell. |
26739 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26741 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26742 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26743 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26745 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26747 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26748 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26749 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26750 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26751 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26755 ;;;***
26757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
26758 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26760 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26761 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26763 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26765 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26766 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26768 \(fn)" t nil)
26770 ;;;***
26772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26773 ;;;;;; 0))
26774 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26776 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26777 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26778 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26779 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26780 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26781 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26782 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26784 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26785 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26786 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26787 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26789 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26790 \\{tar-mode-map}
26792 \(fn)" t nil)
26794 ;;;***
26796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26797 ;;;;;; 0))
26798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26800 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26801 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26802 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26803 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26804 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26805 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26807 Variables controlling indentation style:
26808 `tcl-indent-level'
26809 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26810 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26811 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26813 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26814 documentation for details):
26815 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26816 Controls action of TAB key.
26817 `tcl-auto-newline'
26818 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26819 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26820 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26821 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26822 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26824 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26825 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26826 already exist.
26828 \(fn)" t nil)
26830 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26831 Run inferior Tcl process.
26832 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26833 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26835 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26837 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26838 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26839 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26841 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26843 ;;;***
26845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26846 ;;;;;; 0))
26847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26849 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26850 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26851 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26852 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26854 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26855 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26856 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26857 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26858 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26860 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26862 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26863 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26864 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26865 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26867 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26869 ;;;***
26871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
26872 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26874 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26875 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26876 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26877 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26878 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26879 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26881 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26883 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26884 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26885 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26886 commands to use in that buffer.
26888 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26890 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26892 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26893 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26895 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26897 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26898 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26899 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26900 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26901 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26902 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26903 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26904 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26905 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26906 use in that buffer.
26907 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26909 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26911 ;;;***
26913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26914 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26917 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26918 Start coverage on function under point.
26920 \(fn)" t nil)
26922 ;;;***
26924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26925 ;;;;;; 217000))
26926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26927 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26929 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26930 Play the Tetris game.
26931 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26932 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26933 as to form complete rows.
26935 tetris-mode keybindings:
26936 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26937 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26938 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26939 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26940 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26941 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26942 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26943 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26944 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26946 \(fn)" t nil)
26948 ;;;***
26950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (20774 53405
26951 ;;;;;; 754743 8000))
26952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26954 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26955 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26959 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26960 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26961 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26962 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26963 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26965 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26967 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26968 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26969 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26970 if it matches the first line of the file,
26971 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26975 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26976 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26977 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26978 if the variable is non-nil.")
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26982 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26983 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26985 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26987 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26988 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26989 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26990 See the documentation of that variable.")
26992 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26994 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26995 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26996 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26997 See the documentation of that variable.")
26999 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27001 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27002 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27003 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27004 See the documentation of that variable.")
27006 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27008 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27009 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27010 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27011 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27012 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27014 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27016 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27017 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27018 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27019 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27021 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27023 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27024 User defined LaTeX block names.
27025 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27027 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27029 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27030 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27031 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27032 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27034 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27036 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27037 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27038 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27039 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27041 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27043 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27044 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27045 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27046 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27048 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27049 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27050 for example,
27052 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27053 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27055 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27056 use.")
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27060 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27061 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27062 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27063 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27064 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27066 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27068 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27070 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27071 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27072 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27074 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27076 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27077 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27078 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27079 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27080 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27082 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27084 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27085 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27087 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27089 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27090 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27092 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27094 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27095 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27096 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27097 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27098 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27099 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27100 says which mode to use.
27102 \(fn)" t nil)
27104 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27106 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27108 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27110 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27111 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27112 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27113 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27114 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27116 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27117 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27118 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27119 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27120 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27121 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27122 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27124 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27125 mismatched $'s or braces.
27127 Special commands:
27128 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27130 Mode variables:
27131 tex-run-command
27132 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27133 tex-directory
27134 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27135 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27136 tex-dvi-print-command
27137 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27138 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27139 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27140 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27141 tex-dvi-view-command
27142 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27143 tex-show-queue-command
27144 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27145 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27147 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27148 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27149 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27151 \(fn)" t nil)
27153 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27154 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27155 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27156 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27157 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27159 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27160 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27161 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27162 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27163 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27164 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27165 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27167 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27168 mismatched $'s or braces.
27170 Special commands:
27171 \\{latex-mode-map}
27173 Mode variables:
27174 latex-run-command
27175 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27176 tex-directory
27177 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27178 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27179 tex-dvi-print-command
27180 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27181 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27182 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27183 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27184 tex-dvi-view-command
27185 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27186 tex-show-queue-command
27187 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27188 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27190 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27191 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27192 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27194 \(fn)" t nil)
27196 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27197 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27198 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27199 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27200 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27202 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27203 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27204 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27205 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27206 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27207 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27208 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27210 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27211 mismatched $'s or braces.
27213 Special commands:
27214 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27216 Mode variables:
27217 slitex-run-command
27218 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27219 tex-directory
27220 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27221 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27222 tex-dvi-print-command
27223 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27224 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27225 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27226 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27227 tex-dvi-view-command
27228 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27229 tex-show-queue-command
27230 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27231 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27233 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27234 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27235 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27236 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27238 \(fn)" t nil)
27240 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27243 \(fn)" nil nil)
27245 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27246 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27248 \(fn)" t nil)
27250 ;;;***
27252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27253 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27256 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27257 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27258 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27259 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27261 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27262 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27263 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27265 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27267 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27268 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27269 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27270 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27271 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27273 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27275 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27276 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27277 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27278 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27280 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27281 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27282 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27283 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27285 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27286 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27288 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27290 ;;;***
27292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27293 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27296 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27297 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27299 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27301 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27302 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27304 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27306 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27307 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27309 It has these extra commands:
27310 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27312 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27313 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27314 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27315 modified version of TeX input format.
27317 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27318 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27319 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27320 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27322 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27323 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27324 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27325 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27326 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27327 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27328 in the Texinfo file.
27330 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27331 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27332 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27333 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27334 move forward past the closing brace.
27336 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27337 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27339 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27340 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27341 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27343 Here are the functions:
27345 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27346 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27347 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27349 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27350 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27351 texinfo-master-menu
27353 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27355 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27356 which menu descriptions are indented.
27358 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27359 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27360 in the region.
27362 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27363 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27364 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27365 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27367 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27368 be the first node in the file.
27370 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27371 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27373 \(fn)" t nil)
27375 ;;;***
27377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27378 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27379 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27381 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27382 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27383 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27384 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27386 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27388 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27389 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27391 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27393 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27394 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27396 \(fn)" t nil)
27398 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27401 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27403 ;;;***
27405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20999 25770 522517
27406 ;;;;;; 0))
27407 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27409 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27410 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27411 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27412 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27413 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27414 `line', and `page'.
27416 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27419 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27420 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27421 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27422 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27423 `line', and `page'.
27425 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27426 valid THING.
27428 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27429 positions of the thing found.
27431 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27434 Return the THING at point.
27435 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27436 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27437 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27438 `line', `number', and `page'.
27440 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27441 strip text properties from the return value.
27443 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27444 a symbol as a valid THING.
27446 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27448 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27449 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27451 \(fn)" nil nil)
27453 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27454 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27456 \(fn)" nil nil)
27458 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27459 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27461 \(fn)" nil nil)
27463 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27464 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27466 \(fn)" nil nil)
27468 ;;;***
27470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20958 59019 473587 89000))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27473 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27474 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27476 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27478 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27479 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27480 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27481 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27483 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27485 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27486 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27488 \(fn)" t nil)
27490 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27491 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27493 \(fn)" t nil)
27495 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27497 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27498 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27500 \(fn)" t nil)
27502 ;;;***
27504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27505 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27508 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27509 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27510 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27512 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27514 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27515 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27517 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27519 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27520 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27521 The returned string has no composition information.
27523 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27525 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27526 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27528 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27530 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27531 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27536 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27537 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27538 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27542 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27543 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27544 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27545 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27547 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27549 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27550 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27551 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27553 \(fn)" t nil)
27555 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27556 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27557 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27559 \(fn)" t nil)
27561 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27564 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27566 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27569 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27571 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27574 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27576 ;;;***
27578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27579 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
27580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27581 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27583 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27584 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27585 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27586 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27587 parameters.
27588 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27590 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27592 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27593 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27594 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27595 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27596 parameters.
27597 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27599 \(fn)" t nil)
27601 ;;;***
27603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (20998 4934 952905 0))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27606 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27607 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27609 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27610 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27612 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27613 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27614 This display updates automatically every minute.
27615 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27616 are displayed as well.
27617 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27619 \(fn)" t nil)
27621 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27622 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27623 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27626 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27628 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27630 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27631 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27634 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27636 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27637 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27638 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27639 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27640 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27644 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27645 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27646 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27647 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27649 \(fn)" t nil)
27651 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27652 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27653 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27654 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27656 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27659 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27661 \(fn)" t nil)
27663 ;;;***
27665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27666 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27669 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27670 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27671 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27673 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27674 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27675 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27676 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27677 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27678 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27680 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27681 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27683 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27685 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27686 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27688 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27690 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27691 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27693 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27695 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27696 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27697 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27699 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27701 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27703 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27704 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27705 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27707 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27709 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27710 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27712 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27714 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27715 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27716 DATE should be a date-time string.
27718 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27720 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27721 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27722 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27724 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27726 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27727 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27729 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27732 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27734 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27736 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27737 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27738 TIME should be a time value.
27739 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27741 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27743 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27744 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27745 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27747 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27749 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27750 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27751 The valid format specifiers are:
27752 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27753 %d is the number of days.
27754 %h is the number of hours.
27755 %m is the number of minutes.
27756 %s is the number of seconds.
27757 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27758 %% is a literal \"%\".
27760 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27761 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27763 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27764 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27765 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27767 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27768 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27769 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27771 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27773 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27775 ;;;***
27777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27778 ;;;;;; 0))
27779 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27780 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27781 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27782 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27783 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27784 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27785 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27786 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27787 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27789 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27790 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27791 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27792 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27793 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27794 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27795 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27796 look like one of the following:
27797 Time-stamp: <>
27798 Time-stamp: \" \"
27799 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27800 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27801 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27802 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27803 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27804 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27805 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27806 the template.
27808 \(fn)" t nil)
27810 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27811 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27812 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27816 ;;;***
27818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21013
27819 ;;;;;; 58662 278539 0))
27820 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27821 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27823 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27824 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27825 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27828 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27830 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27833 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27834 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27835 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27836 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27837 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27838 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27839 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27840 display (non-nil means on).
27842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27844 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27845 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27846 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27847 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27848 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27849 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27850 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27851 this function is called within a day.
27853 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27854 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27855 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27856 discover the name of the project.
27858 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27860 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27861 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27862 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27863 begun during the last time segment.
27865 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27866 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27867 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27868 discover the reason.
27870 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27872 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27873 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27874 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27875 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27876 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27878 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27880 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27881 Change to working on a different project.
27882 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27883 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27884 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27885 working on.
27887 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27889 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27890 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27891 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27893 \(fn)" nil nil)
27895 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27896 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27897 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27899 \(fn)" t nil)
27901 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27902 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27903 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27904 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27905 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27906 \"relative to today\".
27908 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27910 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27911 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27912 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27913 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27915 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27917 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27918 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27919 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27920 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27921 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27922 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27924 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27926 ;;;***
27928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27929 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
27930 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27932 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27933 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27934 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27935 the generated Quail package is saved.
27937 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27939 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27940 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27943 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27944 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27945 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27947 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27949 ;;;***
27951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21086 55571 430148 991000))
27952 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27953 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27954 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27956 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27957 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27958 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27959 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27960 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27962 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27963 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27964 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27966 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27968 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27969 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27970 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27971 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27972 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27974 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27976 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27977 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27978 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27979 in the menu in two ways:
27980 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27981 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27982 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27984 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27985 keymap or an alist of alists.
27986 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27987 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27989 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27991 ;;;***
27993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20982
27994 ;;;;;; 16679 447285 0))
27995 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27997 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27998 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28000 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28001 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28002 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28003 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28004 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28005 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28006 file was last visited.
28008 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28009 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28010 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28011 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28012 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28013 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28014 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28015 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28016 for the first item.
28018 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28019 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28020 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28021 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28022 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28023 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28024 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28025 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28027 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28028 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28029 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28030 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28031 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28033 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28034 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28036 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28038 ;;;***
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
28041 ;;;;;; 0))
28042 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28044 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28045 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28046 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28050 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28051 Add an item to the tool bar.
28052 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28053 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28054 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28055 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28057 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28058 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28059 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28060 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28062 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28063 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28065 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28067 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28068 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28069 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28070 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28071 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28072 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28074 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28075 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28076 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28077 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28079 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28081 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28082 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28083 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28084 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28085 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28086 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28087 properties to add to the binding.
28089 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28091 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28092 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28094 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28096 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28097 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28098 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28099 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28100 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28101 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28102 properties to add to the binding.
28104 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28105 holds a keymap.
28107 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28109 ;;;***
28111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21105 26139
28112 ;;;;;; 752484 0))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28114 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28116 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28117 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28118 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28121 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28123 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28125 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28126 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28128 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28129 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28133 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28135 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28136 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28138 \(fn)" t nil)
28140 ;;;***
28142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
28143 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28146 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28147 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28149 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28150 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28151 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28152 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28153 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28155 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28156 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28157 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28158 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28159 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28161 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28162 (tpu-edt)
28164 Known Problems:
28166 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28167 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28168 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28169 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28170 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28171 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28173 \(fn)" t nil)
28175 ;;;***
28177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21074 35375 473679
28178 ;;;;;; 0))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28181 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28182 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28183 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28184 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28185 to a tcp server on another machine.
28187 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28189 ;;;***
28191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20903 10024
28192 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28195 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28196 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28198 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28200 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28201 Helper function to get internal values.
28202 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28204 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28206 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28207 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28208 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28209 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28210 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28211 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28212 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28213 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28215 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28217 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28219 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28220 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28221 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28222 changing the window configuration.
28224 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28226 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28228 ;;;***
28230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21103 35626 321341
28231 ;;;;;; 0))
28232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28234 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28235 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28236 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28238 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28240 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28241 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28243 It can have the following values:
28245 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28246 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28248 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28250 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28251 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28252 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28253 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28255 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28257 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28258 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28259 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28260 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28262 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28263 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28264 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28265 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28266 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28267 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28268 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28269 files which are not really Tramp files.
28271 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28272 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28273 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28274 updated after changing this variable.
28276 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28278 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28279 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28280 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28281 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28283 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28285 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28286 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28287 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28288 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28290 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28291 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28292 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28294 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28295 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28296 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28297 updated after changing this variable.
28299 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28301 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28302 Alist of completion handler functions.
28303 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28304 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28305 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28307 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28308 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28309 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28310 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28312 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28313 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28314 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28315 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28317 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28318 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28319 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28321 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28323 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28324 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28325 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28327 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28328 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28330 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28332 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28335 \(fn)" nil nil)
28337 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28338 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28340 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28342 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28343 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28345 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28347 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28348 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28350 \(fn)" t nil)
28352 ;;;***
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21089 2732
28355 ;;;;;; 351717 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28358 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28361 \(fn)" nil nil)
28363 ;;;***
28365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20999 25770 522517
28366 ;;;;;; 0))
28367 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28369 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28370 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28371 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28372 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28373 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28374 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28375 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28376 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28378 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28379 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28380 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28382 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28383 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28384 resumed later.
28386 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28388 ;;;***
28390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28391 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28392 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28394 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28397 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28399 ;;;***
28401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21049
28402 ;;;;;; 1191 520844 232000))
28403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28404 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28405 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28406 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28408 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28409 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28410 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28411 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28412 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28413 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28414 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28416 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28418 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28419 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28420 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28421 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28423 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28425 \(fn)" t nil)
28427 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28428 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28429 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28430 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28431 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28432 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28433 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28435 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28436 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28438 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28439 \\___/\\
28440 / \\
28441 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28443 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28450 ;;;;;; 506000))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28453 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28454 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28455 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28458 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28460 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28462 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28463 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28464 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28466 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28467 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28468 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28469 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28470 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28471 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28472 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28474 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28475 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28477 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28478 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28479 reset the keystroke counter.
28481 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28482 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28483 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28484 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28486 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28487 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28488 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28489 `type-break-schedule' command.
28491 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28492 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28493 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28494 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28495 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28496 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28497 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28498 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28499 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28501 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28502 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28503 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28504 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28505 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28507 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28508 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28509 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28510 approximate good values for this.
28512 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28513 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28515 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28516 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28517 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28518 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28519 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28520 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28522 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28523 a typing break occur. They include:
28525 `type-break-query-mode'
28526 `type-break-query-function'
28527 `type-break-query-interval'
28529 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28531 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28532 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28533 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28534 problems.
28536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28538 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28539 Take a typing break.
28541 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28542 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28544 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28545 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28547 \(fn)" t nil)
28549 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28550 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28551 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28552 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28554 \(fn)" t nil)
28556 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28557 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28559 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28560 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28561 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28562 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28563 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28564 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28565 average typing speed.)
28567 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28568 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28569 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28570 the computed maximum threshold.
28572 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28573 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28574 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28575 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28576 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28578 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28580 ;;;***
28582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21082 29482 330637 0))
28583 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28585 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28586 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28587 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28588 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28589 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28591 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28593 ;;;***
28595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28596 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28597 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28599 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28600 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28604 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28605 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28607 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28609 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28610 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28612 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28614 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28615 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28617 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28619 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28620 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28622 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28624 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28625 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28627 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28630 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28632 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28634 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28635 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28637 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28639 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28640 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28642 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28644 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28645 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28647 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28649 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28650 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28652 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28654 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28655 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28657 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28659 ;;;***
28661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28662 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28663 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28665 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28666 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28667 Works by overstriking underscores.
28668 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28669 which specify the range to operate on.
28671 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28673 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28674 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28675 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28676 which specify the range to operate on.
28678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28680 ;;;***
28682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28683 ;;;;;; 0))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28686 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28687 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28688 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28689 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28690 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28691 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28693 \(fn)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28696 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28697 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28699 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28701 ;;;***
28703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28704 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28707 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28708 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28709 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28710 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28712 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28714 ;;;***
28716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28717 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28719 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28720 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28721 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28722 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28723 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28725 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28726 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28727 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28728 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28729 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28730 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28732 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28733 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28734 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28736 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28737 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28738 the callback is not called).
28740 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28741 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28742 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28743 take effect.
28745 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28746 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28747 the server.
28748 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28749 URL-encoded before it's used.
28751 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28753 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28754 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28755 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28756 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28757 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28759 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28761 ;;;***
28763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28764 ;;;;;; 0))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28767 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28768 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28769 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28771 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28772 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28773 `url-generic-parse-url'
28774 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28775 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28776 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28777 realm
28778 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28779 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28780 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28781 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28782 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28783 what type of auth to use
28784 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28785 if one cannot be found in the cache
28787 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28789 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28790 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28792 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28793 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28794 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28795 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28796 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28797 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28798 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28799 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28801 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28803 ;;;***
28805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28806 ;;;;;; 700824 0))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28809 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28810 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28812 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28814 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28815 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28816 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28821 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28823 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28825 ;;;***
28827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28828 ;;;;;; 0))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28831 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28834 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28836 ;;;***
28838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28839 ;;;;;; 0))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28842 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28843 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28844 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28848 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28849 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28850 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28851 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28853 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28854 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28855 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28856 though.
28858 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28860 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28861 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28862 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28864 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28869 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28871 ;;;***
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28874 ;;;;;; 0))
28875 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28877 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28878 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28880 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28882 ;;;***
28884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28885 ;;;;;; 0))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28888 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28889 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28891 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28893 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28894 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28895 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28896 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28897 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28899 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28901 ;;;***
28903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20984
28904 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28907 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28908 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28909 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28912 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28914 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28916 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28917 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28919 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28920 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28924 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28925 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28926 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28927 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28929 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28931 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28932 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28933 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28934 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28935 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28936 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28937 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28938 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28939 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28940 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28942 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28944 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28945 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28946 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28947 accessible.
28949 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28951 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28954 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28956 ;;;***
28958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21063 65063 266334
28959 ;;;;;; 0))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28961 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28963 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28964 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28965 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28966 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28967 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28969 ;;;***
28971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28972 ;;;;;; 0))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28975 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28978 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28980 ;;;***
28982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
28983 ;;;;;; 0))
28984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28986 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28987 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28988 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28989 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28990 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28992 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28994 ;;;***
28996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
28997 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29000 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29003 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29005 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29006 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29010 ;;;***
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21047 30582 575560
29013 ;;;;;; 699000))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29016 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29017 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29019 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29021 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29022 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29024 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29026 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29031 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29033 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29035 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29037 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29038 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29042 ;;;***
29044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
29045 ;;;;;; 506000))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29048 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29051 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29053 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29058 ;;;***
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
29061 ;;;;;; 0))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29064 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29067 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29072 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29074 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29077 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29079 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29082 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29084 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29087 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29089 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29092 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29097 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29099 ;;;***
29101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
29102 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29103 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29105 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29106 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29108 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29111 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29112 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29114 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29115 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29116 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29117 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29118 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29119 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29120 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29121 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29122 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29123 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29124 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29125 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29126 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29127 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29129 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29130 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29131 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29133 Here is an example. The URL
29135 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29137 parses to
29139 TYPE = \"foo\"
29140 USER = \"bob\"
29141 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29142 HOST = \"example.com\"
29143 PORTSPEC = 42
29144 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29145 TARGET = \"nose\"
29146 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29147 FULLNESS = t
29149 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29151 ;;;***
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
29154 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29155 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29157 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29158 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29160 \(fn)" t nil)
29162 ;;;***
29164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
29165 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29166 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29168 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29169 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29170 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29171 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29172 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29173 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29175 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29177 ;;;***
29179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21063 65063 266334
29180 ;;;;;; 0))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29183 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29184 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29185 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29187 If t, all messages will be logged.
29188 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29189 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29191 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29193 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29196 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29198 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29201 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29204 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29205 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29206 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29207 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29208 & ==> &amp;
29209 < ==> &lt;
29210 > ==> &gt;
29211 \" ==> &quot;
29213 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29215 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29216 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29217 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29222 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29223 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29225 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29227 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29228 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29230 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29232 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29233 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29235 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29237 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29238 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29240 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29242 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29245 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29247 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29250 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29252 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29254 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29255 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29257 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29259 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29260 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29262 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29264 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29267 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29270 Build a query-string.
29272 Given a QUERY in the form:
29273 '((key1 val1)
29274 (key2 val2)
29275 (key3 val1 val2)
29276 (key4)
29277 (key5 \"\"))
29279 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29281 This will return a string
29282 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29283 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29284 be used.
29286 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29288 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29289 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29291 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29293 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29294 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29295 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29296 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29297 forbidden in URL encoding.
29299 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29301 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29302 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29303 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29304 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29305 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29306 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29308 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29309 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29310 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29311 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29313 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29315 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29316 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29317 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29318 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29319 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29320 should return it unchanged.
29322 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29324 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29325 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29326 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29327 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29329 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29331 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29332 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29333 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29335 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29337 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29338 View the current document's URL.
29339 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29340 the minibuffer.
29342 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29344 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29346 ;;;***
29348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20998 4934 952905
29349 ;;;;;; 0))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29352 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29353 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29354 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29355 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29356 to refrain from editing the file
29357 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29358 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29359 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29360 in any way you like.
29362 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29364 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29365 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29366 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29367 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29368 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29370 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29371 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29373 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29375 ;;;***
29377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29378 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29381 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29384 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29386 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29389 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29391 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29394 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29396 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29399 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29401 ;;;***
29403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29406 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29407 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29409 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29411 ;;;***
29413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29414 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29417 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29418 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29419 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29420 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29422 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29424 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29425 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29426 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29428 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29430 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29431 Uudecode region between START and END.
29432 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29434 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29436 ;;;***
29438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21098 17703 588969 0))
29439 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29441 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29442 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29443 See `run-hooks'.")
29445 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29447 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29448 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29449 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29451 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29453 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29454 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29455 See `run-hooks'.")
29457 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29459 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29460 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29461 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29462 same state. If not, signal an error.
29464 For merging-based version control systems:
29465 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29466 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29467 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29468 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29469 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29470 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29472 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29473 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29474 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29475 the file(s) for editing.
29476 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29477 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29478 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29479 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29480 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29481 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29483 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29485 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29486 Register into a version control system.
29487 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29488 Otherwise register the current file.
29489 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29490 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29492 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29493 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29494 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29495 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29496 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29497 first backend that could register the file is used.
29499 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29501 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29502 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29504 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29506 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29507 Display diffs between file revisions.
29508 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29509 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29510 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29512 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29513 saving the buffer.
29515 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29517 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29518 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29519 repository history using ediff.
29521 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29523 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29524 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29525 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29526 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29527 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29529 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29530 saving the buffer.
29532 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29534 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29535 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29536 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29537 fileset with the working revision.
29538 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29539 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29541 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29542 saving the buffer.
29544 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29546 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29547 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29548 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29549 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29551 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29553 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29554 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29555 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29556 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29558 \(fn)" t nil)
29560 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29561 Perform a version control merge operation.
29562 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29563 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29564 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29565 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29567 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29568 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29569 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29570 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29571 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29572 changes from the current branch.
29574 \(fn)" t nil)
29576 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29578 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29579 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29580 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29581 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29582 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29583 checked out in that new branch.
29585 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29587 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29588 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29589 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29590 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29591 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29592 allowed and simply skipped).
29594 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29596 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29597 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29598 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29599 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29600 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29602 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29603 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29605 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29607 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29608 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29609 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29610 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29611 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29613 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29615 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29616 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29617 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29619 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29621 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29622 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29623 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29625 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29627 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29628 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29629 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29630 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29632 \(fn)" t nil)
29634 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29635 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29636 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29637 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29639 \(fn)" t nil)
29641 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29643 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29644 Update the current fileset or branch.
29645 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29646 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29647 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29648 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29650 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29651 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29652 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29653 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29654 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29658 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29660 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29661 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29662 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29663 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29664 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29665 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29666 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29668 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29670 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29671 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29672 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29673 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29674 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29675 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29676 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29677 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29678 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29680 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29682 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29683 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29684 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29685 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29687 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29689 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29690 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29691 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29692 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29694 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29696 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29697 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29698 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29699 directory.
29701 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29703 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29704 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29705 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29707 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29708 log entries should be gathered.
29710 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29712 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29713 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29715 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29717 ;;;***
29719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21031 51082
29720 ;;;;;; 798722 0))
29721 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29723 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29724 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29726 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29727 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29728 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29729 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29730 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29731 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29733 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29734 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29735 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29736 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29737 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29738 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29739 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29740 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29742 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29744 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29746 Customization variables:
29748 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29749 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29750 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29751 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29753 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29755 ;;;***
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21071 59176 747909
29758 ;;;;;; 0))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29760 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29761 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29762 (progn
29763 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29764 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29766 ;;;***
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21041 38058 75002
29769 ;;;;;; 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29772 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29773 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29775 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29776 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29777 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29778 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29779 (progn
29780 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29781 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29783 ;;;***
29785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21071 59176 747909
29786 ;;;;;; 0))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29788 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29789 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29790 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29791 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29792 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29793 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29795 ;;;***
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21053 29224 547064
29798 ;;;;;; 0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29801 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29802 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29803 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29804 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29805 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29807 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29808 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29809 The file lines appear later.
29811 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29812 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29814 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29816 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29818 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29820 ;;;***
29822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21041
29823 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
29824 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29826 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29827 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29828 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29829 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29830 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29831 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29832 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29833 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29834 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29835 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29836 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29837 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29838 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29839 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29840 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29842 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29844 ;;;***
29846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21067 62128 15681
29847 ;;;;;; 0))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29849 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29850 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29851 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29852 (progn
29853 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29854 (vc-git-registered file))))
29856 ;;;***
29858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21031 51082 798722 0))
29859 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29860 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29861 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29862 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29863 (progn
29864 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29865 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29867 ;;;***
29869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21071 59176 747909
29870 ;;;;;; 0))
29871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29873 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29874 Name of the monotone directory.")
29876 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29877 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29878 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29879 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29880 (progn
29881 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29882 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29884 ;;;***
29886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21071 59176 747909
29887 ;;;;;; 0))
29888 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29890 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29891 Where to look for RCS master files.
29892 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29894 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29896 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29898 ;;;***
29900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21056 5418 85093
29901 ;;;;;; 0))
29902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29904 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29905 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29906 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29908 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29910 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29912 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29913 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29914 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29915 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29917 ;;;***
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21077 42241 670130
29920 ;;;;;; 556000))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29922 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29923 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29924 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29925 "_svn")
29926 (t ".svn"))))
29927 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29928 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29929 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29931 ;;;***
29933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
29934 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
29935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29936 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29937 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29939 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29940 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29942 Usage:
29943 ------
29945 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29946 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29947 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29948 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29950 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29951 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29952 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29953 completions.
29955 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29956 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29958 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29959 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29961 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29962 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29963 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29965 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29968 Maintenance:
29969 ------------
29971 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29972 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29974 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29976 Official distribution is at
29977 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29980 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29981 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29983 Key bindings:
29984 -------------
29986 \\{vera-mode-map}
29988 \(fn)" t nil)
29990 ;;;***
29992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29993 ;;;;;; (21091 44456 774347 0))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29996 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29997 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29998 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29999 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30000 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30002 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30004 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30005 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30007 Supports highlighting.
30009 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30010 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30012 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30014 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30015 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30016 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30017 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30018 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30019 on the left side of your screen.
30020 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30021 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30022 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30023 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30024 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30025 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30026 function keyword.
30027 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30028 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30029 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30030 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30031 if (a)
30032 begin
30033 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30034 Indentation for case statements.
30035 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30036 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30037 mark after an end.
30038 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30039 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30040 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30041 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30042 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30043 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30044 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30045 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30046 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30047 if (a)
30048 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30049 otherwise you get:
30050 if (a)
30051 begin
30052 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30053 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30054 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30055 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30056 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30057 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30058 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30059 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30060 comments in tight quarters.
30061 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30062 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30064 Variables controlling other actions:
30066 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30067 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30068 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30070 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30072 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30074 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30075 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30076 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30078 Some other functions are:
30080 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30081 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30082 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30083 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30084 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30086 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30087 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30088 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30089 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30105 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30106 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30107 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30108 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30109 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30110 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30111 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30112 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30113 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30114 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30115 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30116 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30117 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30118 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30119 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30120 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30121 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30123 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30124 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30126 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30128 \(fn)" t nil)
30130 ;;;***
30132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
30133 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30136 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30137 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30139 Usage:
30140 ------
30142 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30143 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30144 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30145 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30146 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30147 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30148 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30149 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30150 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30152 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30153 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30154 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30155 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30157 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30158 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30159 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30160 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30161 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30163 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30164 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30167 HEADER INSERTION:
30168 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30169 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30170 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30173 STUTTERING:
30174 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30175 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30176 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30177 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30179 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30180 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30181 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30182 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30183 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30186 WORD COMPLETION:
30187 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30188 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30189 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30190 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30192 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30193 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30194 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30195 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30196 beginning with \"std\").
30198 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30199 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30200 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30201 stop.
30204 COMMENTS:
30205 `--' puts a single comment.
30206 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30207 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30208 with a comment in between.
30209 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30210 out following lines.
30211 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30212 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30213 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30214 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30216 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30217 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30218 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30219 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30220 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30221 non-nil.
30223 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30224 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30225 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30226 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30227 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30228 multi-line comments.
30231 INDENTATION:
30232 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30233 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30234 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30235 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30236 the entire region.
30238 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30239 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30240 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30241 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30243 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30244 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30245 and vice versa.
30247 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30248 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30250 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30251 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30252 line.
30255 ALIGNMENT:
30256 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30257 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30258 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30259 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30260 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30261 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30262 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30263 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30265 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30266 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30267 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30268 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30269 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30270 is non-nil.
30272 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30273 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30274 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30276 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30277 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30280 CODE FILLING:
30281 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30282 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30283 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30284 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30285 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30286 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30289 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30290 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30291 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30292 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30293 command:
30295 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30298 PORT TRANSLATION:
30299 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30300 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30301 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30302 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30303 internal signal initializations (menu).
30305 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30306 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30307 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30309 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30310 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30311 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30312 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30313 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30314 in subsequent paste operations.)
30316 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30317 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30318 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30321 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30322 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30323 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30324 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30325 association list with formals).
30328 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30329 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30330 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30331 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30332 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30333 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30334 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30335 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30336 `vhdl-testbench'.
30339 KEY BINDINGS:
30340 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30343 VHDL MENU:
30344 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30347 FILE BROWSER:
30348 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30349 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30350 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30352 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30353 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30356 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30357 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30358 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30359 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30361 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30362 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30363 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30365 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30366 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30367 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30368 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30370 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30371 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30372 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30373 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30374 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30376 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30377 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30378 required by secondary units.
30381 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30382 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30383 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30384 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30385 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30386 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30387 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30388 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30389 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30390 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30391 inputs to this component -> input port created
30392 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30393 outputs from this component -> output port created
30394 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30395 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30397 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30398 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30399 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30400 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30401 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30403 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30404 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30406 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30407 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30408 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30409 component instantiation is also supported (option
30410 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30412 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30413 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30414 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30415 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30416 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30417 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30418 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30419 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30420 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30421 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30422 generating the configuration.
30424 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30425 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30426 configurations in speedbar.
30428 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30431 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30432 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30433 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30434 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30435 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30436 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30437 information. New compilers can be added.
30439 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30440 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30443 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30444 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30445 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30446 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30447 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30449 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30450 command:
30452 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30453 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30454 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30456 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30457 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30458 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30459 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30460 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30461 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30462 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30463 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30464 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30466 Limitations:
30467 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30468 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30469 not (yet) supported.
30470 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30471 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30472 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30475 PROJECTS:
30476 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30477 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30478 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30479 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30480 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30481 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30482 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30483 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30485 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30486 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30487 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30488 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30489 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30490 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30491 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30492 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30493 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30494 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30495 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30498 SPECIAL MENUES:
30499 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30500 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30501 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30502 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30503 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30504 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30505 current directory for VHDL source files.
30508 VHDL STANDARDS:
30509 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30510 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30513 KEYWORD CASE:
30514 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30515 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30516 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30517 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30518 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30519 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30520 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30521 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30524 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30525 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30526 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30527 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30528 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30529 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30530 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30532 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30533 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30534 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30535 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30536 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30537 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30539 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30540 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30541 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30542 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30543 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30544 visually.
30546 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30547 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30548 highlighted if written in lower case.
30550 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30551 highlighted using a different background color if option
30552 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30554 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30555 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30556 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30557 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30558 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30561 USER MODELS:
30562 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30563 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30564 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30567 HIDE/SHOW:
30568 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30569 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30570 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30571 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30572 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30575 CODE UPDATING:
30576 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30577 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30578 Limitations:
30579 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30580 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30581 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30582 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30583 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30584 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30585 (used to obtain the port names).
30586 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30587 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30588 sensitivity lists.
30591 CODE FIXING:
30592 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30593 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30596 PRINTING:
30597 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30598 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30599 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30600 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30601 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30602 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30603 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30604 printers.
30607 OPTIONS:
30608 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30609 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30610 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30611 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30612 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30614 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30615 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30616 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30617 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30618 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30619 INSTALL file).
30621 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30622 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30625 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30626 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30627 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30628 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30630 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30633 HINTS:
30634 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30635 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30637 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30639 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30641 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30644 RELEASE NOTES:
30645 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30648 Maintenance:
30649 ------------
30651 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30652 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30654 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30656 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30657 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30658 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30659 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30661 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30662 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30663 where the latest version can be found.
30666 Known problems:
30667 ---------------
30669 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30670 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30671 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30672 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30675 The VHDL Mode Authors
30676 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30678 Key bindings:
30679 -------------
30681 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30683 \(fn)" t nil)
30685 ;;;***
30687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30688 ;;;;;; 0))
30689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30691 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30692 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30693 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30694 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30696 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30697 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30698 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30699 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30700 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30702 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30703 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30705 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30707 * Limitations and unsupported features
30708 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30709 not supported.
30710 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30711 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30713 * Modifications
30714 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30715 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30716 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30717 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30718 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30719 for undoing a repeated change command.
30720 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30721 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30722 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30724 * Extensions
30725 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30726 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30727 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30728 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30729 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30730 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30731 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30732 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30734 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30736 \(fn)" t nil)
30738 ;;;***
30740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30741 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
30742 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30744 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30745 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30747 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30749 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30750 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30751 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30752 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30754 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30756 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30757 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30759 \(fn)" t nil)
30761 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30762 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30763 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30764 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30768 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30769 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30771 \(fn)" t nil)
30773 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30776 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30778 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30781 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30783 ;;;***
30785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
30786 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30788 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30789 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30790 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30792 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30794 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30795 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30796 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30797 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30799 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30801 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30802 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30804 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30806 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30807 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30808 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30809 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30810 moving around in the buffer.
30811 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30812 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30814 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30816 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30818 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30819 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30820 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30821 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30823 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30824 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30825 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30826 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30827 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30829 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30831 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30833 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30834 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30835 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30836 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30837 buffer.
30839 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30840 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30841 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30842 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30843 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30845 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30847 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30849 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30850 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30851 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30852 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30853 moving around in the buffer.
30854 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30855 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30857 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30859 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30860 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30861 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30863 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30864 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30865 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30866 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30868 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30869 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30870 own View-like bindings.
30872 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30874 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30875 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30876 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30877 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30878 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30879 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30880 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30882 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30884 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30886 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30887 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30888 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30890 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30891 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30892 own View-like bindings.
30894 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30896 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30897 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30898 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30899 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30900 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30901 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30902 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30904 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30906 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30908 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30909 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30910 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30912 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30913 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30914 own View-like bindings.
30916 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30918 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30919 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30921 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30922 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30924 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30925 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30926 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30927 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30929 \\<view-mode-map>
30931 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30932 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30933 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30934 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30935 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30936 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30937 to a repeat count of one.
30939 H, h, ? This message.
30940 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30941 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30942 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30943 > move to the end of buffer.
30944 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30945 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30946 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30947 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30948 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30949 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30950 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30951 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30952 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30953 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30954 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30955 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30956 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30957 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30958 Use this to view a changing file.
30959 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30960 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30961 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30962 . set the mark.
30963 x exchanges point and mark.
30964 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30965 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30966 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30967 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30968 ' go to position saved in character register.
30969 s do forward incremental search.
30970 r do reverse incremental search.
30971 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30972 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30973 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30974 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30975 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30976 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30977 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30978 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30979 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30980 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30981 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30982 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30983 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30984 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30985 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30986 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30987 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30989 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30990 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30991 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30992 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30993 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30994 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30995 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30996 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30997 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30999 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31003 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31004 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31005 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31006 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31007 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31008 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31009 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31010 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31011 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31013 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31015 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31017 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31018 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31019 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31020 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31021 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31022 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31024 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31025 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31026 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31028 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31030 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31032 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31034 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31035 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31037 \(fn)" t nil)
31039 ;;;***
31041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
31042 ;;;;;; 0))
31043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31045 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31046 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31048 \(fn)" nil nil)
31050 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31051 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31053 \(fn)" t nil)
31055 ;;;***
31057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20954 37295 781599
31058 ;;;;;; 0))
31059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31060 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31062 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31063 Toggle Viper on/off.
31064 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31066 \(fn)" t nil)
31068 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31069 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31071 \(fn)" t nil)
31073 ;;;***
31075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
31076 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31079 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31080 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31081 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31082 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31083 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31084 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31085 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31086 the beginning of the warning.")
31088 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31089 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31090 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31091 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31092 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31093 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31094 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31095 also call that function before the next warning.")
31097 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31098 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31100 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31101 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31102 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31103 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31105 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31106 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31107 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31108 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31109 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31110 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31112 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31113 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31114 Default is :warning.
31116 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31117 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31118 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31119 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31120 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31121 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31123 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31124 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31125 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31127 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31129 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31130 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31132 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31134 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31135 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31136 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31137 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31139 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31140 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31141 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31142 can be whatever you like.)
31144 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31145 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31147 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31148 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31149 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31150 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31151 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31153 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31155 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31156 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31157 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31158 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31159 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31161 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31163 ;;;***
31165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
31166 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31167 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31169 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31170 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31171 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31172 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31173 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31174 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31175 directories to reflect your edits.
31177 See `wdired-mode'.
31179 \(fn)" t nil)
31181 ;;;***
31183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
31184 ;;;;;; 0))
31185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31187 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31188 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31190 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31191 hotlist.
31193 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31194 <nwv@acm.org>.
31196 \(fn)" t nil)
31198 ;;;***
31200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
31201 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
31202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31203 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31204 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31206 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31208 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31209 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31210 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31213 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31215 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31217 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31218 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31223 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31224 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31225 in certain major modes.
31227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31229 ;;;***
31231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20986 60038 720063
31232 ;;;;;; 0))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31234 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31236 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31237 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31242 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31243 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31247 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31248 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31250 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31251 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31253 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31254 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31255 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31256 use `whitespace-mode'.
31258 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31262 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31263 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31264 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31267 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31269 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31271 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31272 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31274 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31275 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31277 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31278 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31282 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31283 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31284 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31287 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31289 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31291 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31292 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31294 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31295 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31297 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31298 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31299 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31300 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31302 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31306 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31307 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31309 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31310 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31312 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31313 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31315 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31317 CHAR MEANING
31318 (VIA FACES)
31319 f toggle face visualization
31320 t toggle TAB visualization
31321 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31322 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31323 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31324 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31325 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31326 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31327 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31328 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31329 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31330 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31331 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31332 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31333 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31334 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31335 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31337 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31338 T toggle TAB visualization
31339 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31340 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31342 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31343 ? display brief help
31345 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31346 The valid symbols are:
31348 face toggle face visualization
31349 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31350 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31351 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31352 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31353 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31354 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31355 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31356 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31357 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31358 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31359 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31360 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31361 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31362 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31363 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31364 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31366 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31367 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31368 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31370 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31372 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31374 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31376 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31377 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31379 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31380 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31382 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31383 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31385 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31387 CHAR MEANING
31388 (VIA FACES)
31389 f toggle face visualization
31390 t toggle TAB visualization
31391 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31392 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31393 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31394 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31395 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31396 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31397 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31398 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31399 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31400 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31401 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31402 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31403 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31404 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31405 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31407 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31408 T toggle TAB visualization
31409 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31410 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31412 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31413 ? display brief help
31415 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31416 The valid symbols are:
31418 face toggle face visualization
31419 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31420 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31421 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31422 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31423 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31424 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31425 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31426 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31427 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31428 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31429 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31430 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31431 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31432 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31433 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31434 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31436 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31437 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31438 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31440 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31442 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31446 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31447 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31449 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31450 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31451 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31452 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31453 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31455 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31457 The problems cleaned up are:
31459 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31460 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31461 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31462 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31464 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31465 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31466 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31467 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31468 SPACEs.
31469 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31470 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31471 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31472 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31474 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31475 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31476 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31477 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31478 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31479 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31480 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31481 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31483 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31484 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31485 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31487 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31488 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31489 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31490 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31491 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31492 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31493 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31494 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31496 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31497 documentation.
31499 \(fn)" t nil)
31501 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31502 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31504 The problems cleaned up are:
31506 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31507 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31508 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31509 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31510 SPACEs.
31511 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31512 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31513 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31514 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31516 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31517 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31518 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31519 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31520 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31521 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31522 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31523 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31525 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31527 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31529 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31530 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31531 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31532 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31533 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31534 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31535 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31536 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31538 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31539 documentation.
31541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31543 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31544 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31546 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31547 non-nil.
31549 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31550 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31551 `whitespace-style' to have:
31553 empty
31554 trailing
31555 indentation
31556 space-before-tab
31557 space-after-tab
31559 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31560 whitespace problems in buffer.
31562 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31564 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31565 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31566 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31567 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31568 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31569 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31570 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31572 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31573 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31574 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31575 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31576 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31577 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31578 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31580 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31581 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31582 cleaning up these problems.
31584 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31586 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31587 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31589 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31590 non-nil.
31592 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31593 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31594 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31596 empty
31597 indentation
31598 space-before-tab
31599 trailing
31600 space-after-tab
31602 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31603 whitespace problems in buffer.
31605 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31607 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31608 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31609 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31610 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31611 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31612 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31613 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31615 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31616 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31617 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31618 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31619 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31620 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31621 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31623 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31624 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31625 cleaning up these problems.
31627 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31629 ;;;***
31631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31632 ;;;;;; 0))
31633 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31635 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31636 Browse the widget under point.
31638 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31640 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31641 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31643 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31645 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31646 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31648 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31650 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31651 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31653 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31654 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31658 ;;;***
31660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20959 55207 940876
31661 ;;;;;; 0))
31662 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31664 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31665 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31667 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31669 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31670 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31671 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31673 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31675 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31676 Create widget of TYPE.
31677 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31679 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31681 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31682 Delete WIDGET.
31684 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31686 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31687 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31689 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31691 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31692 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31693 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31694 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31696 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31697 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31699 \(fn)" nil nil)
31701 ;;;***
31703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709 26818 907104
31704 ;;;;;; 0))
31705 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31707 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31708 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31709 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31710 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31711 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31712 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31713 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31717 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31718 Select the window above the current one.
31719 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31720 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31721 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31722 negative ARG) of the current window.
31723 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31727 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31728 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31729 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31730 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31731 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31732 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31733 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31737 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31738 Select the window below the current one.
31739 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31740 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31741 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31742 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31743 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31747 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31748 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31749 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31750 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31752 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31754 ;;;***
31756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31757 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31759 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31760 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31761 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31764 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31766 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31768 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31769 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31771 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31772 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31773 \\{winner-mode-map}
31775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31777 ;;;***
31779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
31780 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31781 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31783 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31784 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31785 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31786 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31787 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31789 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31791 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31792 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31793 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31794 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31795 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31796 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31797 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31798 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31800 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31801 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31803 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31805 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31806 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31808 \(fn)" t nil)
31810 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31811 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31812 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31813 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31814 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31815 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31816 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31817 `woman' command for further details.
31819 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31821 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31822 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31824 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31826 ;;;***
31828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21040 17194
31829 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
31830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31831 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31833 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31834 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31836 BUGS:
31837 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31838 are not implemented
31839 - Options for search and replace
31840 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31841 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31843 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31844 Emacs-like.
31846 \(fn)" t nil)
31848 ;;;***
31850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
31851 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31853 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31854 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31855 Return the top node with all its children.
31856 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31858 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31859 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31860 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31862 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31864 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31865 namespace to URIs instead.
31867 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31868 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31870 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31872 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31874 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31876 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31877 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31878 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31879 not contain well-formed XML.
31881 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31882 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31883 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31884 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31885 element of the list.
31886 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31887 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31888 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31890 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31892 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31893 namespace to URIs instead.
31895 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31896 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31898 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31900 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31902 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31904 ;;;***
31906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21075 56234 349623
31907 ;;;;;; 0))
31908 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31910 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31911 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31912 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31913 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31914 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31915 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31916 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31917 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31918 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31919 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31921 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31923 ;;;***
31925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
31926 ;;;;;; 0))
31927 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31929 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31930 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31931 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31934 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31936 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31938 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31939 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31942 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31944 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31945 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31946 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31947 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31948 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31949 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31953 ;;;***
31955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31958 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31959 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31961 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31963 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31964 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31966 \(fn)" nil nil)
31968 ;;;***
31970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31973 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31974 Zone out, completely.
31976 \(fn)" t nil)
31978 ;;;***
31980 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21107 32938 48648 817000))
32188 ;;;***
32190 (provide 'loaddefs)
32191 ;; Local Variables:
32192 ;; version-control: never
32193 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32194 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32195 ;; coding: utf-8
32196 ;; End:
32197 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here